Verbatim Owner's Manual. Owner's Manual

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "Verbatim Owner's Manual. Owner's Manual"

Transcription

1 Verbatim Owner's Manal Owner's Manal

2 Warranty Copyright Disclaimer RACO Manfactring and Engineering Co. Inc., Emeryville, California warrants this prodct to be in good working order for a period of five years from date of prchase as a new prodct. In the event of failre of any part(s) de to defect in material or workmanship occrring within that five year period, RACO will, at it s option repair or replace the prodct at no charge for parts or labor. Any alteration of the prodct withot instrction from RACO s Engineering Department will atomatically void this warranty. If alterations of the nit are athorized by RACO, please complete the athorization form in the Owners Manal and retrn the form to RACO to ensre the warranty. Under no circmstances will RACO be responsible for conseqential or secondary damages. The defective prodct shold be retrned, insred and freight prepaid, secrely packaged to the address listed below. Please inclde a copy of yor sales receipt, the dialers serial nmber, and a detailed description of the problem yo are experiencing. RACO Manfactring and Engineering Co. Inc. Service Department nd Street Emeryville, CA RACO Manfactring and Engineering Co., All rights reserved. No part of this manal may be reprodced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any way inclding, bt not limited to photocopy, photograph, or electronic media withot the written permission of RACO Manfactring and Engineering Co. Every effort has been made to ensre the accracy of this docment. However, RACO Manfactring and Engineering Co. assmes no responsibility for its se or any third party action as that may reslt from its se. Trademarks Verbatim is a trademark of RACO Manfactring & Engineering, Co. RACO is a registered trademark of RACO Manfactring & Engineering, Co. Printing History Printed in USA, Jne 1993, Jne 1994, Janary 1996 Firmware version 2.09 RACO Manfactring & Engineering, Co nd Street, Emeryville, CA (510) FAX # Verbatim Owner's Manal

3 Contents Table of Contents 1 Overview 1.1 Prodct Description Manal Description Conventions Installation 2.1 Location and Monting Wiring Electrical Connection Diagram For Dry Contact Inpts Installing the Parallel Printer Installing the Printer Cable Load Paper and Place Printer On line Programming Time and Date Printot at Reglar Intervals Trning Off the System With a Printer Programming and Testing 3.1 Starting Up and Clearing the Unit Front Panel Keys and Indicators Diagram Programming Phone Nmbers Programming Inpt Channels Initial Testing Recording Voice Messages 4.1 Planning Messages Managing Available Speech Memory Verifying/Extending Recording Time Record Yor Messages Using Yor Verbatim Atodialer 5.1 Placing Inqiry Calls to the Verbatim Atodialer Verbatim Owner's Manal i

4 Contents 5.2 CHECK STATUS Inqiry at Panel Receiving Alarm Calls Contined Dialing in the Absence of Acknowledgment Acknowledging the Alarm Call Alarm Reset Timeot After Acknowledgment Programming by Phone Dialing Ot and Conversing Throgh the Verbatim Atodialer Advanced Programming 6.1 Program Codes Notes for Programming Code Table: Programming Code Table Programming Operations Channel Stats Reading Message Recording and Reviewing Channel Programming (Configring) Rn Time Meter Programming Plse Totalizer Fnction Programming Alarm Trip Delays Phone Nmbers and Plse/Tone Dialing Enhanced Telephone Interface Featres Digit Phone Nmbers Telephone Line Falt Detection (Phone Falt) Atomatic Tone/Plse Selection Call Progress Monitoring (CPM) Alarm Call Groping Alarm Ready Schedling Local Data Logging Programming Codes Analog Inpt Programming Remote Spervisory Control Data Acqisition/Central Data Logging Miscellaneos Programming Tips Program Clear Ot Operations (940) Diagnostic Readots Using the Alarm Ready Schedle Featre 7.1 Definition General Descriptions Alarm Ready Schedle Modes Weekday Schedle Mode ii Verbatim Owner's Manal

5 Contents 7.5 Weekend Schedle Mode Holiday Schedle Mode Alarm Ready Schedle Priorities Programming Alarm Ready Schedle Parameters Starting the Real-Time Clock Chip, Time and Date Setting Setting Alarm Start & Stop Times Enabling the Alarm Ready Schedle Featre Factory Defalts Weekday and Weekend Alarm Ready Schedle Programming Example Maintenance, Testing, and Battery Replacement 9 Trobleshooting Tips 9.1 What's The Problem? Phone Spport Procedres Retrning Parts to Factory A B Verbatim Series DFP Atodialer A.1 Programming the Series DFP from a Remote Telephone... A-1 A.2 Programming and Testing... A-4 A.2.1 Resetting (Clearing) the Unit... A-4 A.2.2 Programming Phone Nmbers... A-5 A.2.3 Programming Inpt Channels... A-5 A.2.4 Initial Testing... A-5 A.3 Recording Messages In Yor Own Voice... A-5 A.4 UsingYor Programmed Verbatim Atodialer... A-6 A.5 Remainder of the Manal... A-6 A.6 Enhanced Telephone Interface Featres... A-7 Analog Signal Inpt B.1 Analog Connections... B-1 B.1.1 Programming for Analog Channels... B-1 B.1.2 Assignment of Inpt Channel Nmbers... B-2 Verbatim Owner's Manal iii

6 Contents B.1.3 Programming the Inpt Signal Type... B-2 B.1.4 Programming the Scaling and Offset Factors... B-3 B.1.5 Additional Perspective on Scaling Factors... B-4 B.1.6 Programming High and Low Analog Setpoints... B-8 B.1.7 Smmary of Analog Programming Codes... B-9 B.1.8 Recording Speech Messages for Analog Channels... B-9 B.1.9 If Analog Inpts Do Not Work Correctly... B-11 B.1.10 Trobleshooting Analog Gronding Problems For Verbatim Analog... B-11 C D E Remote Spervisory Control Otpt C.1 Remote Spervisory Control (VRSC) Otpt Installation and Operation Instrctions... C-1 C.1.1 Monting and Wiring Connections for Remote Spervisor Control... C-1 RSC Spervisory Remote Control Otpt Box Diagram... C-2 C.1.2 Optional Direct Connection Withot Use of Otpt Relay Enclosre... C-3 C.1.3 Remote Spervisory Control Operation... C-3 Printer Options D.1 Local Data Logger (Local Printer) Option... D-1 D.1.1 Serial Printer Interface... D-1 D.1.2 Parallel Printer Interface... D-1 D.1.3 Time and Date Setting... D-2 D.1.4 Printot at Reglar Intervals... D-2 Data Acqisition/Central Data Logging E.1 Retrn To Normal (RTN) Calling... E-1 E.2 Qick Intercall Delay & SCADA Units Connected to Celllar Phones... E-2 E.3 Acknowledgment Calls To The SCADA Central Station... E-3 E.4 Modem Atomatic Speed Select for SCADA Units... E-4 E.5 Modem High Speed or Low Speed Selection... E-4 E.6 Nmber of Data Call Attempts Before Tripping a Commnications Alarm... E-5 E.7 Answer Mode - VOICE ONLY or DATA-TO-VOICE... E-5 E.8 DATA/VOICE Atocall Calls for SCADA & Central Data Logger... E-6 iv Verbatim Owner's Manal

7 Contents F G MODBUS Interface F.1 Overview...F-1 F.2 General Operation...F-2 F.2.1 Associating a Remote Channel with a PLC Data Register...F-2 F.3 Connecting to the PLC Network...F-3 Electrical Connection Diagram for PLC Network Connection...F-4 F.3.1 Before Calling Technical Service Assistance...F-5 F.4 Programming for Remote Channels...F-5 F.4.1 Remote Channel Programming Overview...F-5 F.4.2 Associating a Net Address with a Remote Channel...F-6 F.5 General MODBUS Reqirements...F-7 F.6 PLC Address Format...F-8 F.7 Potential Effects of Network Commnications Failres...F-8 F.7.1 Abbreviations and Typographic Conventions...F-9 F.8 Remote Channel Stats, Reading, and Writing...F-10 F.9 Remote Channel Message Recording and Reviewing...F-11 F.10 Remote Channel Configration...F-12 F.10.1 Assigning PLC Net Addresses to Remote Channels...F-12 F.10.2 Remote Channel Alarm Criteria...F-13 F.10.3 Linking Remote Channels to Phone Nmbers...F-14 F.11 Alarm Trip Delays...F-14 F.12 RC Linking/Network Bridging...F-15 F.12.1 Linking Modes...F-15 F.12.2 Commands & Limitations...F-15 F.13 Commnications Parameters...F-17 F.13.1 Serial Port Parameters...F-18 F.13.2 Network Parameters...F-18 F.13.3 Timing Parameters...F-18 F.14 Miscellaneos...F-19 F.15 Clear-Ot Operations...F-19 F.16 Diagnostic Readots...F-20 F.17 Stats, Diagnostic & Error Code Listing...F-22 F.17.1 Network Stats Codes...F-22 F.17.2 Diagnostic & Commnications Error Codes...F-23 PLC Programming Code Table...F-25 Cabling Diagrams G.1 RACO VSER-01 Serial Cable Connection Diagram... G-2 G.2 RACO VPPC-1 Parallel Cable Connection Diagram... G-3 Verbatim Owner's Manal v

8 Contents G.3 Verbatim PLC Network Connections Diagram... G-4 G.4 RACO VMB-2 Serial Cable Connection Diagram... G-5 G.5 RACO VMBM-1 Serial Cable Connection Diagram... G-6 G.6 RACO VBB-1 Serial Cable Connection Diagram... G-7 G.7 VTI 405/505-DCM Serial Cable Connection Diagram... G-8 H Verbatim Floobydst H.1 Adjsting Internal Speaker Volme... H-1 H.2 External Speaker Connections... H-2 H.2.1 Specifications for Adio Otpt from Jack AJ1... H-2 H.3 Alternative Power Sorces... H-3 H.3.1 Standard DC Power Power Specifications... H-3 DC Power Connection Diagram... H-4 H.4 Speech Recording Times... H-5 H.5 PBX Spport... H-6 H.5.1 Cationary Notes Abot Interfacing to PBXs... H-6 Local Alarm Relay Option... H-7 H.6.1 Local Alarm Relay Configration... H-7 Line Seizre Option... H-8 H.7.1 Line Seizre Installation... H-9 Wiring the RJ-31X Line Seizre Jack Diagram... H-10 H.8 Heater / Thermostat Option... H-11 Heater/Thermostat Monting and Wiring Diagram... H-12 H.9 Connecting to a Radio Transmitter... H-13 TS2 Connection Diagram... H-15 Jmper Wires For RF Link Diagram... H-15 H.10 Calling a Pager... H-16 H.10.1 Introdction... H-16 H.10.2 General Programming Considerations... H-16 Case 2: Pager Calling Seqence Using Delays (Example 1) Diagram... H-20 Case 2: Pager Calling Seqence Using Delays (Example 2) Diagram... H-20 Celllarm Celllar Commnications Diagram (AC)... H-21 Celllarm Celllar Commnications Diagram (12V DC)... H-22 Celllarm Celllar Commnications Diagram (24V DC)... H-23 Verbatim Enclosre Diagram... H-24 NEMA 4X Enclosre Diagram... H-25 Motherboard Component Diagram... H-26 Jmper Block Diagram... H-27 H.11 Jmper Configrations... H-28 vi Verbatim Owner's Manal

9 Contents I J Verbatim TM Series VSS Atodialer Specification I.1 Description & Phone Nmber Dialing...I-1 I.2 Solid State Voice Message Recording and Playback...I-1 I.2.1 User Field Recorded Messages...I-1 I.2.2 Permanent Resident Non-Recorded Messages...I-2 I.3 Local & Remote Programming Capabilities...I-2 I.4 Nonvolatile Program Memory Retention...I-3 I.5 Acknowledgment...I-3 I.6 Remote (PLC) Channel Monitoring Fnction...I-3 I.7 Inpt Monitoring Fnction...I-4 I.8 Rn Time Meter Inpts...I-4 I.9 Plse Totalizer Inpts...I-4 I.10 Alarm Message...I-4 I.11 Commnications Protocol...I-5 I.12 Diagnostics...I-5 I.13 Speakerphone...I-5 I.14 Inqiry Message and Fnction...I-5 I.15 Power Battery Backp...I-5 I.16 Phone Line...I-5 I.17 Local Data Logging...I-6 I.18 Pblic Address Broadcast...I-6 I.19 Integral Srge Protection...I-6 I.20 Warranty...I-6 I.21 Modlar Upgrades...I-6 I.22 Additional Featres: Sealed Switches, LED Indicators, Alarm Disable Warning, TalkThrogh...I-7 I.23 Special Order Items...I-7 Worksheets Worksheet A Programming... J-2 Part 1: Phone Nmber Programming... J-2 Part 2: Optional Programing... J-2 Worksheet B Alarm Call Groping Programming... J-3 Part 1: Grop Description Naming... J-3 Part 2: Linking Channels To Grops... J-4 Worksheet B Alarm Call Groping Programming Cont J-5 Worksheet C Message Planning & Recording... J-11 Verbatim Owner's Manal vii

10 Contents K Annnciator Seqences and Options K.1 Standard Annnciator Seqence (Manal Reset)... K-2 K.2 Clear On Retrn To Normal (Atomatic Reset)... K-3 Report Retrn To Normal (Ringback)... K-3 K.4 Annnciator Seqence Option Smmary... K-5 Glossary Index FCC Notice to Users Warranty Registration Card Response Card viii Verbatim Owner's Manal

11 Overview 1 Overview 1.1 Prodct Description The Verbatim TM atodialer fnctions as a remote alarm monitor, typically monitoring critical facilities which are not staffed 24 hors a day. The Verbatim atodialer may be factory configred for different inpt and otpt configrations. Yor Verbatim may have as many as 32 discrete inpts, 16 analog inpts, 8 digital otpts and 96 Remote Channels. The minimm configration of the Verbatim atodialer monitors 4 internal inpt channels. The internal inpts are sometimes called Physical Channels (PCs). PCs monitor ser-spplied external sensors sch as float switches, limit switches, etc. Sensors connected to discrete inpts are sally dry (non-powered), isolated contacts which close or open to indicate the sensed condition. In most cases, the otpts of logic controllers may be connected directly to Physical Channel inpts withot the need for interfacing relays or other signal conditioning. Remote Channels (RCs) do not directly connect to sensors. RCs monitor PLC I/O and data table locations as defined by the ser. RC data is kept crrent by the Verbatim constantly making qeries to PLC data registers over the indstrial network connection. An alarm condition can be indicated by change at a sensor, by new data from a Remote Channel (RC), or by loss of AC power. When an alarm occrs, the Verbatim accesses the standard phone line to which it is connected, dials the appropriate phone nmbers and delivers the ser s own pre-recorded voice message corresponding to those particlar alarm conditions that are crrently active. Dialing contines repeatedly throgh the entire list of p to 16 programmed phone nmbers, ntil the alarm is acknowledged by toch tone command or by calling the Verbatim atodialer back. The Verbatim atodialer incorporates many flexible, voice-spported programming and message recording options, to meet a wide range of ser reqirements. Yet, in most cases, the ser may rely on pre-existing defalt programmed parameters, greatly simplifying programming. Even defalt voice alarm messages are provided. Verbatim Owner's Manal 1-1

12 Overview! Note: All ser programming except access code and voice message recording may be entered, reviewed or changed either from the front panel or from a remote telephone at any time. Ths, installation and programming may easily be done by separate personnel at separate times. Most programming is entered in the form of 3-digit codes as described in this manal. All ser programming, inclding recorded messages, is maintained in permanent non-volatile memory. The Verbatim atodialer incorporates extremely thorogh and effective electrical srge protection and overall rgged constrction, to deliver reliable operation nder real-world conditions. 1.2 Manal Description This manal gides yo throgh the following procedres: l Location and monting l Initial programming l Configring Remote Channels to monitor PLCs l Voice message recording l Using Yor Verbatim atodialer l Advanced programming A glossary explaining the terms sed in this manal is inclded the end of the manal, along with a trobleshooting gide, an index, a retrn athorization form, and FCC notice to sers. Worksheets are provided to docment and clarify yor programming and message recording steps. Please take a moment to read, complete, and mail the warranty registration card at the back of this manal Conventions Throghot this manal varios icons are sed to visally identify information. They are as follows: l The solid diamond symbol shows a list of procedres, decisions, or single step tasks. The bllet symbol shows a list of items. 1-2 Verbatim Owner's Manal

13 Overview M The bomb indicates a warning message. The information concerns process that may reslt in damage to eqipment or harm to a person. I The hand indicates a cation message. The information concerns a process that may reslt in eqipment failre.! The pencil indicates general information. v The open diamond pattern indicates one or more exceptions or special considerations for a process. ( The phone indicates that yo can access the Verbatim atodialer throgh yor phone. MINUS # Other icons inclde btton or keys on the Verbatim atodialer front panel. items in qotes Qotation marks indicate titles of sections and messages. italic ALL CAPITALS Initial Capital Letters Italic text indicates items for emphasis, message text, and sample text. Capital letters reference the names of keys, lights, and LEDs. Capitalization of the first letter of a set of words indicates mode and fnction types. Verbatim Owner's Manal 1-3

14 Overview 1-4 Verbatim Owner's Manal

15 Installation 2 Installation This section describes how to install the Verbatim atodialer and how to install a parallel printer to se the Parallel Printer Local Data Logging featre. 2.1 Location and Monting Choose a monting location which is not exposed to condensing hmidity or temperatres beyond the limits of F. This location shold ideally be within 5 feet of a standard RJ-11 phone jack and a gronded 120 VAC power otlet. 1. Mont the Verbatim atodialer on centers of 6" x 11 3/8" sing the external monting ears on the enclosre. #10 or 3/16" bolt sizes are best. 2. Install the NEMA 4X weatherproof oter enclosre, (optional prchase). This allows the Verbatim atodialer to be monted otdoors as long as temperatre limits are not violated. It is best to provide at least an overhead shelter to minimize direct precipitation and solar heating effects. 3. Install the heater/thermostat for cold or hmid environments, (optional prchase). The 120 VAC heater dissipates 75 watts, providing a temperatre rise of approximately 30 degrees, or 60 degrees when enclosed in the optional NEMA 4X enclosre. 2.2 Wiring Refer to the diagram on page 2-3 for an example of the wiring connections. 1. Inspect and remove any foreign materials which might create short circits. 2. Connect the red (positive) battery lead to the positive terminal on the gelcell battery. 3. Plg the power cord into a gronded 120 VAC otlet. Or, remove the power cord from the Verbatim atodialer and install wellgronded 120 VAC power to terminal strip TS3, located on the lower right of the main circit board. Verbatim Owner's Manal 2-1

16 Installation If there are any green gronding wires in place on TS3 originating from plg-in expansion cards, leave those green gronding wires in place on the terminal marked GRN (Green). If the Verbatim atodialer trns on when power is applied, trn it off with the red POWER ON/OFF key. 4. Connect dry (npowered) contacts to the terminal strip connection points. The connection point for basic for-channel nits is terminal strip TS1, located on the lower left of the main circit board. Note that there are for common retrn terminals marked C ; any combination of these internally gronded terminals may be sed. Terminal strip TS1 may be nplgged for convenience. All terminal points are screw clamp type, eliminating the need for wire termination lgs. The contact inpt wires shold ideally be light (18 to 24 gage) signal wire rather than heavy power wire. This redces problems of blk and stiffness. 5. If yor nit has 8 or more inpts, the VX32 Channel Expansion Card shold be plgged into connector J4. If yor nit has this card installed, then se TS1 for common retrn connections only, and connect one side of each contact to the appropriately marked channel inpt nmber on the VX32 card. Leave TS1 terminals 1,2,3 and 4 disconnected.! Notes: The common retrn side of the contacts will need to be consolidated into not more than for wires coming into the TS1 terminals marked C. Rote the wires to the VX32 card so that they do not protrde above the top of the card, other wise they will interfere with the front panel board when the door is closed. I v Terminal strip TS1, and the terminal strips on the VX32 card if any, are not removable terminal blocks. Be sre that the terminal strips do not become nplgged de to wires being stressed when the door is closed. Cation: NO 120 VAC INPUT CIRCUITS! Please verify that the circits yo connect to these inpts are "dry" (npowered) and are not directly connected to 120 VAC power. Connecting sch circits will damage the nit. Exception: If yor inpts are coming from a logic controller with TTL, CMOS or 5-volt DC logic otpts, direct connection may be made as long as the controller has the same electrical grond as the Verbatim atodialer. 2-2 Verbatim Owner's Manal

17 Installation Electrical Connection Diagram For Dry Contact Inpts The common retrns for all inpts are connected to TS1 terminals marked "C". These for "C" terminals are connected together and to electrical grond. 4 Channel Verbatim: Connect one side of each contact to the corresponding nmbered terminals on TS1. The other side of each contact connects to the common retrn (the "C" terminals on TS1). 8 Or More Channel Verbatim: Connect one side of each contact to the corresponding nmbered terminals on the VX32 expansion card. Connect the other side of each contact to the common retrn (the "C" terminals on TS1 of the main board). Note that TS1 terminals 1 throgh 4 are not sed in this case. Verbatim Owner's Manal 2-3

18 Installation 2.3 Installing the Parallel Printer The Verbatim Parallel Printer Local Data Logger featre will print reports on a local printer which is connected via a standard parallel interface. The local printer will atomatically print ot each action that occrs; e.g., alarms, acknowledgments, programming entries, inqiry calls, etc. Yo can case a printot, pon command, at any time. Also, yo may program the Verbatim for atomatic printot of all inpt conditions at reglar intervals. A time/date stamp will be inclded with each printed item. Yo will need to: Connect the parallel printer to the Verbatim front panel sing the RACO PPC-1 cable (or eqivalent). Set the time and date so that each printot will be accompanied by the proper time and date stamp Installing the Printer Cable! Note: If yo ordered the Verbatim Parallel Printer Port Adapter Cable from RACO at the time yo ordered yor Verbatim atodialer it shold already be properly installed. (The cable may be ordered from RACO sing the part # VPPC-1.) Yo may also se an identically wired cable from a separate sorce. If yo wish to acqire or fabricate the cable yorself, please refer to the, "VPPC-1 Serial Cable Connection Diagram," in Appendix G. The front panel circit board mst show a designation of VFP4 or higher. Also, the firmware version for the program chips U3 and U4 (on the main circit board) mst be V2.01 or higher. If yor hardware does not conform to these revision levels contact yor RACO Sales Representative abot getting the proper pgrade modles. The VPPC-1 cable attaches to the front panel circit board where the mating pins protrde, jst inside the front door of the Verbatim. Orient the connector so the cable s Pin 1 index (a red stripe on the cable or an arrow on the connector) is near the corner of the front panel board. The cable extends ot of the Verbatim chassis and overlaps the lower chassis wall at the bottom of the chassis. When the front door of the Verbatim is closed the flat ribbon cable will be safely folded arond the lower wall of the Verbatim chassis. At the other end of the VPPC-1 cable is a standard Centronics style 36 pin connector. This 36 pin connector is the proper gender to mate with the data connector on the back of yor parallel printer. However, if the printer cannot be located within the three-foot length of the VPPC-1 cable, install a standard 2-4 Verbatim Owner's Manal

19 Installation Centronics parallel printer extension cable (male on one end, female on the other). The extension cable extends from the end of the VPPC-1 cable to the printer.! Note: The maximm length of the printer extension cable shold be no greater than 10 feet. If yo need to extend the printer greater than 10 feet from the Verbatim please consider ordering the RACO Serial Local Data Logger Option. Serial interfaces may be extended to a few hndred feet if necessary. Frthermore, if a serial interface is sed together with special line driver devices, the printer cable may be extended for thosands of feet Load Paper and Place Printer On line The printer mst be properly loaded with paper and be on line in order for the Verbatim to print reports. (Some printers have a btton labeled select rather than on line. ) If the printer rns ot of paper or is taken off line, printing will cease immediately. A limited amont of printot data can be saved in the Verbatim internal print bffer while the printer is off line or ot of paper. The size of the Verbatim printer bffer depends on several factors sch as which Verbatim options are configred (i.e., analog, RSC, PLC interface, etc.). If the printer is off line or ot of paper, printot data is sent to the Verbatim bffer each time it wold otherwise be printed on the printer. Once the amont of data sent to the bffer exceeds the size of the bffer, printot items will contine to be copied to the bffer bt will begin to overwrite bffered data. The printer bffer wraps arond and new printot data is copied over the oldest printot data. It is possible that no data will be lost while yor printer is ot of paper or offline if yo manage to restore the printer to operation before the Verbatim bffer wraps. Then as soon as the printer is restored to operation, the Verbatim sends the bffered reports to the printer. (Note that the date/time stamp eventally printed will show the time and date of the event; not the time and date of the printing activity.) Programming Time and Date Time and date may be entered or changed with the following programming code entries: To check the date: ENTER Verbatim Owner's Manal 2-5

20 Installation To set the date: MM DD YY DW ENTER MM is the month (01 for Janary, etc.), DD is the day of the month (07 for the 7th day of the month, YY is year (93 for 1993) and DW is the day of the week (1 for Snday, 2 for Monday, etc.) Entry of the DW is optional. To check the time: ENTER To set the time: HH MM SS ENTER HH are the hors in 24 hor format (13 for 1 PM), MM for mintes (don t forget the leading zeros) and SS is the seconds. Entry of SS is optional. To clear the time and date back to a defalt time and re-initializes the realtime clock chip: ENTER! Note: The preceding operation shold only be necessary if the real-time clock chip has been added or replaced in the field Printot at Reglar Intervals The Verbatim atodialer may be programmed to atomatically log (print on the printer) all inpt conditions at reglar intervals, by entering the following code: 943 XXX.X ENTER where XXX.X is the desired printing interval in hors, from 0.1 to The first sch printot will occr when the period elapses, rather than immediately pon programming. To check the presently programmed printing interval enter the following code: 943 ENTER To trn off the reglar interval printing fnction enter the following code: ENTER To immediately print a record of all crrent ser programming enter the following code: 944 ENTER 2-6 Verbatim Owner's Manal

21 Installation Trning Off the System With a Printer Some parallel printers tend to leak electrical crrent throgh the parallel interface into the Verbatim when it is powered off, reslting in the Verbatim not remaining trned off. It is possible that a few seconds after powering off the Verbatim it will trn itself back on again. To remedy this condition simply trn off the printer whenever trning off the Verbatim. Verbatim Owner's Manal 2-7

22 Installation 2-8 Verbatim Owner's Manal

23 Programming and Testing 3 Programming and Testing 3.1 Starting Up and Clearing the Unit Basic set-p and testing of the Verbatim involves: Program at least one phone nmber. Program the inpt channels to reflect alarm conditions. Test the alarm conditions to be sre witing and programming are correct. Record voice messages, trip delays and other programming as desired. PROGRAM SHIFT All programming operations mst be done with the nit in the Program mode. 1. To pt the Verbatim atodialer in the Program mode, press PROGRAM. Program mode is indicated by the lighted PROGRAM LED.! Note: Before yo begin programming the Verbatim for yor monitoring application it is best to first clear the nit's memory of any old programming. This step also ensres that memory corrption, which might have occrred dring shipment or de to anomalos power distrbances, will be wiped away. See Step 2 below. I Cation: The following step erases all ser programming inclding recorded messages so normally it is done only at initial start-p. 2. To clear the system memory, press: ENTER v If yo make an error in code entry, press CANCEL and start again. Exceptions: If yo have powered p yor Verbatim withot connecting a live telephone line to the nit yo may observe that the TFAIL indicator is on. This indicates that the nit is checking for the presence of a telephone connection and attempting to determine the line configration. If yo are planning to program yor nit withot a live telephone connection yo may wish to disable the Telephone Line Falt Detection (Phone Falt) featre by pressing ENTER See Section for information on temporarily disabling this featre. Verbatim Owner's Manal 3-1

24 Programming and Testing Front Panel Keys and Indicators Diagram 3-2 Verbatim Owner's Manal

25 Programming and Testing 3.2 Programming Phone Nmbers Refer to Programming Worksheet A (See Appendix J). Yo are encoraged to write down the phone nmbers yo want to program, along with a person s name for each phone nmber. To program the first dial-ot phone nmber, press: 7 01 (then the complete phone nmber) ENTER For example, to program 1 (510) as the first phone nmber, press: ENTER To program a second phone nmber: Use code 7 02 instead of 7 01, progressing to a maximm of code 7 16 for the 16th phone nmber. v Each nmber may be p to 60 digits in length. Be sre to inclde any necessary area codes or 1 prefixes. Exceptions: To se toch tone dialing, press: ENTER To go back to standard plse dialing, press: ENTER To insert delays between dialed digits. Press the MINUS key once for each additional delay desired in the phone nmber programming process. Defalt delay is one second. Refer to Section 6. Advanced Programming, for specialized programming sch as groping phone nmbers with inpt channels, Call Progress Monitoring phone falt detection, etc., or to establish and se a call forward phone nmber, etc. 3.3 Programming Inpt Channels Yor Verbatim atodialer needs to know whether its inpt channels are to be normally closed (alarm on Open Circit), or normally open (alarm on Closed Circit). Verbatim Owner's Manal 3-3

26 Programming and Testing All contact inpts are initially set normally closed (i.e. they will alarm on Open Circit). This is the defalt setting and, therefore, any open circits, inclding any inpts left disconnected dring installation, will appear as alarms ntil the inpts are programmed. To atomatically program the inpts: Make sre all inpts are in their normal (non-alarm) state. Then press: ENTER v The Verbatim atodialer atomatically examines all inpts and programs them to alarm on the opposite inpt state from their present stats. This code 500 does not affect any channels that have been programmed for Disabled Channels, Stats Only, Rn Time Meter, or Plse Totalizer fnction. Exceptions In most cases, no frther programming of contact inpts is necessary. However, the following configration options are available: To set any inpt to be disabled and never be annnciated, press: 5 ZZ 0 ENTER where ZZ is the 2 digit channel nmber yo are programming. Be sre to always se a leading 0 for channels 1 throgh 9 to keep the channel nmber a two-digit entry. To set an individal contact inpt for normally closed operation (i.e. to alarm on Open Circit), press: 5 ZZ 1 ENTER To set an individal contact inpt channel for normally open operation (i.e. to alarm on Closed Circit), press: 5 ZZ 2 ENTER To set inpts to report stats only, program each individal channel as follows: 5 ZZ 3 ENTER This setp never cases an alarm to dial ot. To set contact inpts for the rn-time meter fnction, program each channel as follows: 5 ZZ 4 ENTER 3-4 Verbatim Owner's Manal

27 Programming and Testing See Section 6.2.3, Channel Programming (Configring). This setp never cases an alarm to dial ot bt reports the total accmlated hors that the inpt contact is closed. To set any of yor contact inpts for the Plse Totalizer fnction, see Section 6.2.3, Channel Programming (Configring)." 3.4 Initial Testing Perform the following steps to ensre that yor Verbatim atodialer is properly installed. DISARM RE-ARM 1. First, temporarily disarm the nit by pressing: DISARM/RE-ARM ntil the DISARM LED is flashing. This prevents the nit from dialing ot. 2. Next, physically trip each sensing device in trn (maniplate float switches, relays, etc.). Verify that the corresponding inpt channel LED lights at the front panel, and then restore all sensors to their normal state. DISARM RE-ARM DIAL OUT PRESS TO TALK DISARM RE-ARM 3. Now press DISARM/RE-ARM. This will clear ot the channel inpt LEDs and restore the nit to a ready condition. 4. To test the phone line connection, with the nit s phone cord plgged into its phone jack, temporarily remove the AC power cord to the nit. The PFAIL LED will illminate. At this point all illminated LEDs will flash on and off in order to conserve battery power. Since the nit is not disarmed this time, after a 0.1 minte Alarm Trip Delay the PHONING light will illminate and the nit will access the phone line and will begin dialing the first phone nmber. The nit will recite its station ID and power failre messages. Yo may converse with the person answering by pressing and releasing DIALOUT/ PRESS TO TALK. Press this key again when yo wish to speak, and release this key to listen. This action will sspend message recital. In this case, when the conversation is done, yo shold end the call by pressing NORMAL. Ordinarily the alarm call wold end atomatically. 5. Now press DISARM/RE-ARM twice. This step disarms and then rearms the nit clearing all acknowledged alarms. This clearing also occrs atomatically after the Alarm Reset Time has elapsed (defalt vale 1 hor). See Section 5.6, Alarm Reset Time-ot After Acknowledgment. Verbatim Owner's Manal 3-5

28 Programming and Testing 6. Yor Verbatim atodialer is now able to operate, having at least one dialot phone nmber programmed and having its inpt channels configred. However, yo may wish to record yor own voice messages (see the next section) or perform special advanced programming items (see Section 6, Advanced Programming ) before referring to Section 5, Using Yor Verbatim atodialer. 3-6 Verbatim Owner's Manal

29 Recording Voice Messages 4 Recording Voice Messages This chapter describes how to record yor own voice messages. Messages may be recorded for the Station ID and for the Alarm and Normal condition for every channel in yor Verbatim atodialer.! Note: Be sre to complete the programming of the inpt channels as described in the previos chapter before recording any messages. Using Defalt Messages Instead of Recording Yor Own. Recording messages is an optional step. Yor Verbatim atodialer comes with bilt-in defalt normal and alarm messages for all channels. Recording voice messages can be postponed ntil yo have become more familiar with yor nit. Yo may even choose to record or re-record yor own messages from a remote telephone at any time. Using defalt messages for selected channels or for the Normal condition of channels is an excellent way to conserve speech memory for certain important and lengthy alarm messages. Types of Defalt Messages l Discrete (i.e. digital, contact) physical channel inpts: Channel N Normal and Channel N Alarm. l Discrete remote channel inpts: Remote Channel N Normal and Remote Channel N Alarm. l Discrete Stats-only or Rn-time meter physical channel inpts: Channel N is ON when inpt circit is closed, and Channel N is OFF when inpt circit is open. l Discrete Stats-only remote channel inpts: Remote Channel N is ONE or Remote Channel N is ZERO. l Analog (integer) physical or remote channel inpts: [ Channel N, present reading is... ] followed by the recited analog vale. l Station ID message: ID Nmber N. There is also a defalt Network ID message. See Appendix F for details. Verbatim Owner's Manal 4-1

30 Recording Voice Messages 4.1 Planning Messages Worksheet C in Appendix J is provided to assist yo with this. Please se the Worksheet! Not only will yo then have a written record of yor messages for ftre reference, yo will also then be prepared to record yor messages with the greatest ease and efficiency. In general, two different messages are sed for each inpt channel: One message for the Normal Condition, and another for the Alarm (falt) Condition. v When yo have written down the messages that yo want to record, yo are ready to verify/extend yor recording time. Exceptions: Stats-only or Rn-time Metering Channels. See Section 6.2.3, Channel Programming (Configring). To record yor own messages for these specially configred channels rather than relying on the defalt Channel N is ON or Channel N is OFF messages: l Plan a message for the Closed Circit condition and another message for the Open Circit condition for each channel. For Rn-time channels, the nit will add a report of the rn-time in hors, sing bilt-in speech, after the Closed or Open Circit message. Plse Totalizer Channels See Section 6.2.3, Channel Programming (Configring), for special gidance in planning Plse Totalizer messages. 4.2 Managing Available Speech Memory The table below shows the total available message recording time for nits with differing total nmber of channels. The available message recording time may be extended in two ways. First, yo may explicitly change the recording rate from the defalt Rate 1 to Rates 2, 3, or 4 (See Section 6). Secondly, yo may atomatically extend the message recording time by sing the Atoextend TM featre described in this section. Unit type Initial recording Extendable to: time (at Rate 1): (Rate 2, 3 or 4) sec 40, 54 or 79 sec sec 160, 216 or 318 sec chan. nit 130 sec 200, 270 or 399 sec chan. nit 156 sec 240, 324 or 476 sec chan. nit 182 sec 280, 378 or 555 sec 57 or more 208 sec 320, 432 or 624 sec 4-2 Verbatim Owner's Manal

31 Recording Voice Messages Verifying/Extending Recording Time Initially, the nit is set for the fastest memory se rate ( Rate 1 ), giving the highest fidelity sond recording. If yo are sre that yor messages take less than the initial time shown above for yor nit (14 seconds total for a 4-channel nit), go to Section 4.3, Record Yor Messages. Yo may also verify yor nit s crrent rate setting and corresponding total message recording time by pressing: ENTER. M If, after performing this step, yo think yo may need more recording time perform the Atoextend TM step described next. The Atoextend TM featre will atomatically extend the available recording time, selecting the optimm recording rate (speech memory rate) to give yo the highest possible recording sond qality for yor length of recording. Warning: The following step will erase any existing recorded messages. To se the Atoextend TM featre to extend recording time, have yor message Worksheet handy as yo press: ENTER The Verbatim atodialer will prompt yo to immediately begin reciting yor entire list of messages at the sond of the beep, one after another, at the same speed that yo will want to later record them. Dring this time, the Verbatim atodialer will not be recording yor spoken messages. Instead, it will be timing yo. When yo have finished reciting (not recording) the last message, immediately press ENTER. ( Over the phone, press ZERO to start the timing, and ZERO again to end the timing. See Section 5.7, Programming by Phone. Based on how long yor message recital took, the Atoextend featre will atomatically calclate which recording rate is optimm for yor length of recording time, and will then atomatically select that rate. It will tell yo how many seconds yor message took, and how mch total recording time it has now given yo. Verbatim Owner's Manal 4-3

32 Recording Voice Messages 4.3 Record Yor Messages First, minimize any backgrond sonds. Then proceed as follows: Have yor message Worksheet in front of yo and be prepared to recite the first Alarm (falt) Condition message in a lod clear voice within abot 6 to 12 inches of the microphone located at the top of the front panel. Press: 1 ZZ ENTER where ZZ is the appropriate 2-digit channel nmber, sch as 01 for channel 1. Be sre to se leading zeroes, in order to keep ZZ a 2-digit entry. Use 00 for the Station ID message. RECORD The voice specifically identifies the message yo are abot to record, and then prompts yo to press the RECORD key and hold it jst for the dration of yor spoken message. Note that the RECORDING light comes on dring recording. ( Over the phone, since there is no RECORD key, the voice will prompt yo to press ZERO to begin recording, and press ZERO again to stop recording. See Section 5.7, Programming by Phone. The Verbatim atodialer will immediately play back the message yo have jst recorded, allowing yo to determine if yo need to re-record it loder, softer or more clearly, etc. Experiment with different volme levels to get the best message clarity. If there is too mch backgrond noise at the Verbatim atodialer site, record yor messages over the phone. Always stop the recording promptly to avoid wasting recording time. To record an alternate Normal Condition message for channel ZZ, press: 2 ZZ ENTER and follow the same procedre as above. To review both existing messages for channel ZZ, press: 3 ZZ ENTER The Verbatim atodialer will replay both existing messages for channel ZZ. This will inclde any defalt messages remaining in se. 4-4 Verbatim Owner's Manal

33 Recording Voice Messages v Exceptions: For any channels programmed for Stats Only or for Rn Time Meter fnction, se code 1 ZZ for the Open Circit message, and 2 ZZ for the Closed Circit message. If yo rn ot of recording time, yo will hear the message No more message time." See Section 4.2 above to re-establish total available recording time. Yo may elect to shorten some messages, or rely more on selected defalt messages, or yo may Atoextend the available recording time. Then, re-record all messages. If yo wish to extend the available time for a specific message while leaving the other messages naffected, enter the code for recording that message, bt add an extra digit 1 throgh 4, before pressing ENTER. The digit 1 (Rate 1) gives the shortest time and the best sond qality, while 4 (Rate 4) gives the longest time with poorest sond qality. If yo wish to reinstate a defalt message, enter the code for recording that message, and an extra POINT before pressing ENTER. For example: 1 ZZ POINT ENTER If yo wish to se the defalt Station ID message bt with a different ID nmber in place of the one, press: N ENTER where N is the desired ID nmber which may be p to 16 digits long. Some sers program the Verbatim atodialer s own phone nmber as its ID nmber. If yo want to set a specific recording rate rather than letting Atoextend do it, press: N ENTER where N is the desired recording rate 1, 2, 3 or 4. Yo will then need to re-record any messages that were previosly recorded at a different rate. Verbatim Owner's Manal 4-5

34 Recording Voice Messages 4-6 Verbatim Owner's Manal

35 Using Yor Verbatim atodialer 5 Using Yor Verbatim Atodialer 5.1 Placing Inqiry Calls to the Verbatim Atodialer ( Yo may call the Verbatim atodialer at any time from any phone. The nit will wait the programmed nmber of rings before answering and then will begin a fll stats report. The stats report starts with the Station ID Message, followed by any special warning messages (e.g.: no phone nmbers programmed, or the nit is disarmed, etc.), and concldes with the listing of the stats of each channel inpt. If there are no alarm conditions on any channel, then the Verbatim atodialer will say All channels normal jst prior to beginning the complete channel stats report. v If there are channels with nacknowledged alarms conditions prior to the call, placing a call to the nit will reslt in the acknowledgement of these alarms. The Verbatim atodialer will say Alarm is acknowledged immediately after reciting the Station ID message. Exception: The Call in Acknowledge Mode command (Code 925) may be sed to set the Verbatim so that calls to the nit will not atomatically acknowledge alarms. The channel stats report will be recited the programmed nmber of message repeats (defalt is 3 times). Between each recital the Verbatim atodialer will isse a prompting beep and then wait a few seconds for yo to optionally enter a special Command Tone. See Section 5.7, Programming by Phone. After all message repeats, if yo have not entered a tone, the nit will say Goodbye and terminate the call. See Section 6.2, Programming Operations. 5.2 CHECK STATUS Inqiry at Panel NORMAL CHECK STATUS When the NORM LED is lit, yo may hear a report of crrent conditions by pressing the NORMAL/CHECK STATUS key. Yo may ct this report short by again pressing the NORMAL/CHECK STATUS key. Verbatim Owner's Manal 5-1

36 Using Yor Verbatim atodialer 5.3 Receiving Alarm Calls When any inpt condition violates the programmed alarm criteria for an interval longer than the Alarm Trip Delay for that inpt (See Section 6.2.6), the nit goes into an Unacknowledged Alarm state. The nit begins dialing the first of p to 16 programmed phone nmbers. See Section 6.1, Program Codes, abot optional Alarm Call Groping if yo want the nmbers dialed to depend on which channel is in alarm. Whenever there is an Unacknowledged Alarm the corresponding channel alarm LED begins flashing. The voice messages follow the same format as an inqiry call, inclding the prompting beep, except the channels having no alarm activity are not inclded in the alarm report. If there is no acknowledgment, the Verbatim atodialer will replay the message for the programmed nmber of repeats (defalt is 3) and then will say, Goodbye, before terminating the call. See Appendix I for information on alternate annnciator state models. Annnciator state models spport varios Retrn To Normal (RTN) calling seqences. Phrases Appended to Alarm Messages (ser recorded or defalt) These appending phrases will contine to be inclded in any stats reports ntil the Alarm Reset time expires for that channel. ALERT Any channel with an inpt violation which has not been present longer than the Alarm Trip Delay for that channel will have its stats message appended with the word "Alert." NOW NORMAL If the violation which originally cased the alarm has gone away the phrase "Now Normal" will be appeneded to the alarm stats message. ACKNOWLEDGED Any channel which was in an nacknowledged alarm state bt became acknowledged will have its stats message appended with the word "Acknowledged." NOW NORMAL, ACKNOWLEDGED Any channel which is both acknowledged and whose inpt voilation has gone away will have its stats messages appended with the phrase "Now Normal, Acknowledged." 5-2 Verbatim Owner's Manal

37 Using Yor Verbatim atodialer! Note: When the atodialer goes into alarm, it dials each phone nmber in seqence ntil it receives an acknowledgement. The alarm may be acknowledged after the warble tone by pressing a toch tone "9"; by calling the nit back after it says, "goodbye," or by pressing NORMAL on the front panel. After acknowledgement, the dialer will not call ot again on that channel ntil it is reset. This is sally done atomatically after a set period of time called the Alarm Reset Time, which allows the person who acknowledged the alarm time to go fix the sorce of the problem withot frther callots from the dialer. After the reset time, the nit is atomatically reset, and any alarms present at that time will case a dial ot. v Exception: Power Failre alarms only case two spoken messages: 1) When power has been off for longer than the Power Failre Trip Delay, "Power is Off" is reported. 2) When power has been off and is later restored the message "Power is On" is reported. 5.4 Contined Dialing in the Absence of Acknowledgment The Verbatim atodialer will then wait for the programmed Time Between Alarm Calls (defalt 2 mintes; See Section , "Miscellaneos Programming Tips," to change defalt time), dring which yo may call the Verbatim atodialer back to acknowledge the alarm. If no acknowledgment is received at the end of this period, the next phone nmber will be dialed. The process will be repeated indefinitely, repeatedly going throgh all the designated phone nmbers, ntil acknowledgment is received. v Exception: If yo want frther calling terminated when channels retrn to normal yo may so program the nit by sing the "Set Retrn to Normal" command (Code 923). See Appendix K. Verbatim Owner's Manal 5-3

38 Using Yor Verbatim atodialer 5.5 Acknowledging the Alarm Call To acknowledge the alarm dring the alarm call wait to hear the prompting "warble" tone then enter a toch tone '9' (Also 1, 2, 4, or 0 will acknowledge in this sitation). The Verbatim atodialer will say Alarm is acknowledged, Goodbye and terminate the call. See Section 5.7, Programming by Phone, for additional ways of acknowledging an alarm withot ending the call. Alternative methods of Acknowledging: Wait for the alarm call to end then place a call to nit. At the front panel press NORMAL, PROGRAM, DISARM, or DIALOUT. Upon acknowledgment, the channel LED changes from flashing to steady illmination. At the end of the Alarm Reset period the channel alarm LED trns off, the Acknowledged Alarm stats is cleared for that particlar channel inpt, and it is again ready to go into Unacknowledged Alarm whenever a violation occrs at that inpt. In particlar, if a violation has not been removed (prior to timeot), dialing begins immediately pon the Alarm Reset period timeot. To reactivate the alarm before the alarm reset timeot period is over, re-arm the alarm. 5.6 Alarm Reset Timeot After Acknowledgment As shown in the figre, "Anatomy of an Alarm," p. 5-3, when an acknowledgment is received, the Verbatim atodialer begins timing ot the Alarm Reset Time, (defalt 1 hor). Frther calling on behalf of that channel is sspended, regardless of frther activity at that particlar inpt dring this period. If new alarms occr on other channels dring this period, the nit will go back into the Unacknowledged Alarm state and dial the first appropriate phone nmber, with dialing contining ntil a new acknowledgment is received. 5.7 Programming by Phone ( Dring any phone call (inqiry call or alarm call), at the end of each rond of messages, the prompting warble tone is issed. If yo press a Command Tone 1 at the sond of the warble tone, the Verbatim atodialer will prompt yo to enter a program code. (Or, if yo have established a Secrity Access Code, yo will first be prompted for this code). 5-4 Verbatim Owner's Manal

39 Using Yor Verbatim atodialer To enter programming codes over the phone: l Enter a toch tone "1" after the warble tone. l Enter the program code followed by # #. l Enter an additional # # when yo are ready to hang p. Yo may enter codes for most of the programming operations described in this manal except reading or changing the optional secrity access code. See Section 6 for more information abot the 910 Secrity Access featre. Since some of the front panel keys are not fond on a toch tone keypad, some special conventions apply for over-the-phone programming: In Place Of: Enter: CANCEL * * ENTER # # POINT * MINUS # v To enter the Program Mode press "1" after the warble tone. To end a phone call after programming: Press # # withot a prior digit entry. The Verbatim atodialer will then isse a prompting beep which is another opportnity to enter a 1 if yo didn t want to end the call. It will then say Goodbye and end the call. Exception: ( Over the phone, yo may not program more than one consective dialing delay, becase # # (two in a row) is interpreted as ENTER when programming. However, yo may extend this delay sing code 928. See Program Code Table p If yo initially enter a Command Tone 2 in place of the 1, yo will be in a special Program Review Mode, which allows yo the safety of checking any of the programming items or messages, withot the possibility of altering any of them. If yo initially enter a Command Tone 3 in place of the 1, yo will hear a report of each channel that has any acknowledged or nacknowledged alarm condition. If yo initially enter a Command Tone 4 in place of the 1, yo will hear a listing of all programmed phone nmbers, pls any other basic programming items that yo have altered from their defalt vales. This is particlarly sefl in diagnosing operating problems. Verbatim Owner's Manal 5-5

40 Using Yor Verbatim atodialer If yo initially enter a Command Tone "8" in place of the "1", the nit will not be acknowledged and will immediately say "goodbye" and end the phone call. If yo initially enter a Command Tone of "0, 5, 6, 7, or 9," in place of the "1", the alarms will acknowledge an alarm and the nit will immediately say "goodbye" and end the phone call.! Note: Command tones "1, 2, 3, and 4" will acknowledge all alarms, even those not in their Alarm Call Grop (ACG). See Section Command tones "0, 5, 6, 7, and 9" will acknowledge only alarms in their ACG. Command tone "8" will not acknowledge any alarms, bt will give the stats of all alarms. 5.8 Dialing Ot and Conversing Throgh the Verbatim Atodialer DIAL OUT PRESS TO TALK At the panel, starting in the Normal Mode, press the DIALOUT/PRESS TO TALK key. Next press the digits of the phone nmber yo want to dial. Each digit yo press will be dialed as yo press it. Yo will then hear the sond of the ringing. When yo hear the phone answered, press and hold the same DIALOUT/ PRESS TO TALK key as yo speak to the person on the line, and release the key to listen. Contine the conversation in this manner. NORMAL CHECK STATUS To end the call press NORMAL. If the DIALOUT/PRESS TO TALK key is not pressed for more than 2 mintes (or as previosly set), the Verbatim atodialer will atomatically end the call. To atomatically re-dial a nmber that was previosly manally entered by this method, press DIALOUT/ PRESS TO TALK as before, then press ENTER rather than entering digits manally. If yo are at the panel when a phone call is in progress, yo may sspend the message report and converse with the person on the other end by pressing the DIALOUT/PRESS TO TALK key as described above. There will be no additional dialing, since connection has already been established. To end the call, press NORMAL. 5-6 Verbatim Owner's Manal

41 Advanced Programming 6 Advanced Programming 6.1 Program Codes This chapter provides the Program Codes table which smmarizes the wide variety of available programming operations, along with a description and comments. Additional information may be fond in referenced notes below as well as in the referenced sections elsewhere in the manal. When the overall programming is cleared ot at initial start-p, all programming is atomatically set to factory defalt vales as shown in the table. Most of these defalt vales are qite sitable for most sers and only selected items may need to be programmed to different vales. ENTER POINT * To read the existing programmed settings: Enter a code and then ENTER withot any intervening vale. This reads the existing programmed setting withot changing it. To clear a program: Enter POINT after the code and before ENTER. This clears the program item, or retrns it to its defalt vale. In the Program Codes table, several forms of nmeric vale entries are shown: Vale Definition V A vale of one or more digits which may inclde a decimal point or mins. Examples:.5, 2.8, 300.6, 60. N One or more digits giving a whole nmber; no decimal points allowed. Examples: 1, 5, 20. DN A two-digit Designation Nmber for phone nmbers (01 for first nmber, 02 for second, etc.). 1/0 Used to trn a fnction ON (1) or OFF (0). ZZ 2-digit channel nmber (se ZZ=00 for ID message). Verbatim Owner's Manal 6-1

42 Advanced Programming Notes for Programming Code Table: I I Refer to these nmbered items nder the "Notes" colmn in the following Programming Code Table. 1. ZZ = 2 digit channel nmber. Use ZZ=00 for Station ID message. 2. For any channels yo have programmed as Stats Only or Rn Time Meter, se code 1 ZZ for the Open Circit message, se code 2 ZZ for the Closed Circit Message. See Section 6.2, Programming Operations, for message information for any Plse Totalizer channels. 3. DN (Designation Nmber) is 01 for first dialot phone nmber, 02 for second nmber, etc. DN = 00 for special callback phone nmber. Use MINUS to insert any needed delays between digits. Each sch delay is 1 second nless extended sing code Actal power failre trip delay may be a fraction of a second longer than programmed vale, de to power spply discharge time which varies with the nmber of option boards. Cation: 5. If Alarm Reset Fnction is trned OFF, acknowledged alarms will NEVER RE-ARM, preventing frther alarm calls after acknowledgment for each channel. 6. Speaker always operates dring front panel programming, even if programmed to be off. 7. Cannot be read or changed over the phone. 8. Does not change channels that have been configred for Stats Only, Rn Time Meter, or Plse Totalizer. Cation: 9. High Speed Dialing setting may not work reliably with some telephone company exchanges. 10. Add POINT to restore defalt message. 11. To pre-set a Rn Time vale, inclde the vale before ENTER. 12. Maximm vale that can be entered is 4,294,967, Omits all mention of disabled channel. Restore by setting for Normally Closed, Normally Open, etc. 6-2 Verbatim Owner's Manal

43 Advanced Programming Programming Code Table (Page 1 of 8) Code Description & Comments Defalt Range/Vales Notes Section See p. 6-2 Channel Stats Reading 0ZZ Reads stats of channel ZZ ZZ0 Reads actal open/closed circit stats directly Message Recording and Reviewing 100 Records Station ID message 1, 2, , ZZ Records channel ZZ alarm message 1, 2, , ZZ Records channel ZZ normal message 1, 2, , ZZ Reviews channel ZZ both messages 1 4, 4.3, ZZ=00 for Station ID msg Reads crrent record rate 4.2 and available record time 912 Atoextend: sets optimm 4.2 record rate for recited msg 913 N Sets recording rate Rate 1 Rate N Inserts N in place of 1 in canned Station digits 4.3 station ID message Channel Programming (Configration) 500 Sets crrent stats as normal 3.3, for all channels 500 N Sets all inpts to config parameter N normally 0/1/2/3 3.3, closed 0 = disarmed 1 = normally closed (defalt) 2 = normally open 3 = no alarm 5ZZ Reads alarm criteria for channel ZZ ZZ 0 Disables channel ZZ , ZZ 1 Sets chan ZZ normally closed 1 3.3, ZZ 2 Sets chan ZZ normally open 1 3.3, ZZ 3 Sets chan ZZ for no alarm 1 3.3, (stats report only) 5ZZ 4 Sets chan ZZ for rn time 1 3.3, meter operation 5ZZ 4 V Preset starting vale 0.0 hrs ,999.9 hrs ZZ 7 N Plse totalizer: ACTIVATES 12, with starting vale N 5ZZ 8 N Plse totalizer: sets scale factor N ZZ 6 N Plse totalizer: sets alarm setpoint N with starting vale N Verbatim Owner's Manal 6-3

44 Advanced Programming Programming Code (Page 2 of 8) Code Description & Comments Defalt Range/Vales Notes Section See p. 6-2 Alarm Trip Delays 600 Reads power failre alarm trip delay V Sets power failre alarm trip delay to V 0.1 min min ZZ Reads chan ZZ alarm trip delay ZZ V Sets chan ZZ individal alarm trip 2 sec sec delay to V 6ZZ Retrns chan ZZ individal alarm 2 sec POINT trip delay to defalt 902 V Sets global (all channels) alarm trip 2 sec sec delay to V seconds 902 Retrns global (all channels) 2 sec POINT alarm trip delay to defalt Phone Nmbers and Plse/Tone Dialing 700 Reads special callback phone nmber See Code N Sets special callback phone # to N 1-60 digits DN Reads phone nmber DN , DN = DN N Sets phone nmber DN to N phone # 1-60 digits 3 3.2, N can = p to 60 digits 7DN Clears ot phone nmber DN 3.2, POINT 900 0/1 Read/Set Call Progress Monitoring 0 (OFF) 0/ = OFF 1 = ON 901 0/1/2 Sets dialing mode Plse mode 0/1/ = plse 1 = tone 2 = high speed 903 V Sets time between callots to V 2 min min N Sets ring answer delay to N 1 ring 1-20 rings N = whole nmber 908 0/1 Sets Atocall ON/OFF OFF 0/ = OFF 1 = ON 909 V Sets Atocall interval to V 24 hrs hrs N Set Atomatic 24 hrs hrs 916 POINT Phone Falt Detect freqency resets to defalt 917 Set Phone Falt and Ato Tone-Plse 3 0/1/2/ /1/2/3 0 = Phone Falt OFF/Ato Tone-Plse OFF 1 = Phone Falt ON/Ato Tone-Plse OFF 2 = Phone Falt OFF/Ato Tone-Plse ON 3 = Phone Falt ON/Ato Tone-Plse ON 918 CPM Ring Cont 10 rings 5-20 rings N Extends length of inserted 1 sec 1-10 sec dialing delays to N sec 6-4 Verbatim Owner's Manal

45 Advanced Programming Programming Code (Page 3 of 8) Code Description & Comments Defalt Range/Vales Notes Section See p. 6-2 Alarm Call Groping 5ZZ 9 Reads channel ZZ alarm call groping linkage 5ZZ 9 DN Links channel ZZ to Calls all phone nmbers DN. phone #s DN = ZZ 9 Clears channel ZZ alarm call POINT groping linkage. Alarm Ready Schedling Initializes real-time clock chip 2.3, on install to 1/6/ , Sets date 01/06/ /01/94-12/13/20 2.3, 7.9 MMDDYYD D (Day Code) is optional: 1 = Snday 2 = Monday 3 = Tesday 4 = Wednesday 5 = Thrsday 6 = Friday 7 = Satrday 942 Sets time 08:00:00 00:00-23:59:59 2.3, 7.9 HHMMSS (military-24-hor-clock) 961 Read weekday 7.9 rearm/disarm times 961 Sets weekday 1700, RRRR=rearm time, 7.9 RRRR rearm/disarm times 0800 DDDD=disarm time DDDD (military-24-hor-clock) 962 Reads weekend 7.9 rearm/disarm times 962 Sets weekend 1700, RRRR=rearm time, 7.9 RRRR rearm/disarm times 0800 DDDD=disarm time DDDD (military-24-hor clock) 963 Reads weekend 7.9 rearm/disarm day of week 963 R D Sets weekend Friday, Monday 7.9 rearm/disarm day of week R = rearm day D = disarm day 964 Reads holiday rearm date Sets holiday rearm date 12/24/90 Today - 12/31/ MMDDYY MM = month DD = day YY = year 965 Reads holiday disarm date Sets holiday disarm date 12/24/90 The day after the 7.9 MMDDYY holiday rearm date (see Code 964) - 12/31/20 Verbatim Owner's Manal 6-5

46 Advanced Programming Programming Code (Page 4 of 8) Code Description & Comments Defalt Range/Vales Notes Section See p. 6-2 Alarm Ready Schedling... Contined from p Reads alarm ready 7.9 schedle control nmber 966 N Sets alarm ready schedle 0 N control control nmber 0 = OFF 1 = Weekday 2 = Weekend 3 = Weekday and Weekend 4 = Holiday 5 = Weekday and Holiday 6 = Weekend and Holiday 7 = Weekday, Weekend and Holiday Local Data Logging Programming Codes Initialize real-time 2.3, clock chip on install , 7.9 to 1/6/ Sets date. 01/06/ /01/94-12/31/20 2.3, 7.9 MMDDYYD D (Day Code) is optional: 1 = Snday 2 = Monday 3 = Tesday 4 = Wednesday 5 = Thrsday 6 = Friday 7 = Satrday 942 Sets time 08:00:00 00:00-23:59:59 2.3, 7.9 HHMMSS (military-24-hor clock) 943 V Sets reglar interval OFF 0 = OFF 2.3, 7.9 local printing hrs 944 Prints all crrent 2.3, 7.9 programming immediately Analog Inpt Programming 5 ZZ 1 Sets low signal inpt vale B.1.5 X.XX 5 XX 1 Sets low signal inpt vale B.1.5 POINT to real world point 5 ZZ 2 Sets low signal inpt spoken vale B.1.5 X.XX 5 ZZ 3 Sets high signal inpt vale B.1.5 X.XX 5 ZZ 3 Sets high signal inpt vale B.1.5 POINT to real world point 5 ZZ 4 Sets high signal inpt spoken vale B.1.5 X.XX 6-6 Verbatim Owner's Manal

47 Advanced Programming Programming Code (Page 5 of 8) Code Description & Comments Defalt Range/Vales Notes Section Analog Inpt Programming... Contined from p. 6-6 See p ZZ 5 Sets low setpoint alarm vale B.1.5 X.XX 5 ZZ 6 Sets high setpoint alarm vale B.1.5 X.XX 5 ZZ 7 Sets analog inpt signal type 0 0/1/2 B = 4-20 ma signal 1 = 0-1 VDC signal 2 = RACO TS-705A Remote Spervisory Control For all items in this section: N = otpt nmber, Range = 01, 02, 03, 04, 05, 06, 07, N Reads RSC otpt #N 14 C.1.3 ON/OFF condition 95 N 0 Trns RSC otpt C.1.3 #N OFF 95 N 1 Trns RSC otpt C.1.3 #N OFF 95 N 2 V Trns RSC otpt #N 1 sec 1-99,999 sec C.1.3 ON for V seconds only 95 N 3 V Trns RSC otpt #N 1 sec 1-99,999 sec C.1.3 OFF for V seconds only 9500 Reports ON/OFF stats C.1.3 of all otpts Trns OFF all otpts C Trns ON all otpts C V Establish defalt plse C.1.3 dration in mintes (When sing 95 N 2 or 95 N 3) V Establish defalt plse H.2.3 dration in seconds (When sing 95 N 2 or 95 N 3) Data Acqisition/Central Data Logging 919 V Sets qick intercall time 60 sec sec E V Retrn To Normal (RTN) calling 0 0/1/2/3/4/5 See Code 923 E.1, K /1/2 Acknowledgment calls to 0 0/1/2 E.3 central station 0 = 1 1 = ON 2 = resets all alarm acknowledgment call stats 983 0/1 Modem Atomatic Speed Select 1 0/1 E.4 0 = OFF 1 = ON Verbatim Owner's Manal 6-7

48 Advanced Programming Programming Code (Page 6 of 8) Code Description & Comments Defalt Range/Vales Notes Section See p. 6-2 Data Acqisition/Central Data Logging... Contined from p /1 Modem High/Low speed selection 1 0/1 E.5 0 = = N Data call attempts E /1 Sets answer mode 0 0/1 E.7 0 = Data-to-Voice 1 = Voice Only 987 N Data/Voice atocall calls 0 0/1/2 E.8 0 = Atocalls to Central Station only 1 = Atocalls to personnel nmbers only 2 = Atocalls to all nmbers Miscellaneos Programming Items 902 V Sets global (all channels) 2 sec sec alarm trip delay to V 904 V Sets alarm reset time to V 1 hor hr 5.6, Clears all acknowledged alarms and clears reset timers 907 N Sets nmber of alarm 3 repeats 1-20 repeats 5.3, message repeats to N N = whole nmber 910 N Establishes a secrity None 0-8 digits access code N 920 V Power failre trip delay 0.1 min min (dplicates fnction of code 600) 921 0/1 Sets power failre alarm ON 0/ = off 1 = on 922 0/1 Sets alarm reset timers ON 0/ = off 1 = on 923 Annnciator Seqence See also K.4 Vales: Code = M-1designations 2 = A-1-4 designations 3 = A-1 designations 4 = A-1-4 variant 924 Initiates test callback to phone # 00 nit mst be ARMED 925 0/1 Trns on/off alarm ON 0/1 acknowledgment on call-in to 0 = OFF dialer. 1 = ON 926 V Sets delay before retrn to 2 min min Nonrecrring normal (Exit Delay) to V Fnction 6-8 Verbatim Owner's Manal

49 Advanced Programming Programming Code (Page 7 of 8) Code Description & Comments Defalt Range/Vales Notes Section See p. 6-2 Miscellaneos Programming Items... Contined from p /1 Sets intercall delay parameter 0 0/1 ** Firmware Vales: version only** 0 = Normal operation of intercall delay. 1 = If new Unacknowledged alarms occr dring the intercall delay period, the nit will begin a new dialot immediately. The nit will dial the next phone nmber in the dialing seqence. It will not start over at the top of the list. 928 N Extends length of inserted 1 sec 1-10 sec 5.7, dialing delays to N sec 930 0/1 Sets arm or disarm nit armed 0/ for alarm callots 0 = disarms 1 = arms nit 932 Invokes one-time 15-second OFF listening period 933 0/1 Sets local microphone OFF 0/ ON or OFF 0 = OFF 1 = ON 934 0/1 Sets speaker ON or OFF ON 0/ = ON 0 = OFF Clear Ot Operations Clears ot phone nmbers; sets all delays to defalts Clears ot phone nmbers only Clears ot all alarm call groping linkage Sets the following delays to 921 sets power their factory defalt vales: failre alarm ON 902, 903, 904, 920, 921, 926, Clears all ser recorded messages Clears all programming except messages does not clear , 930, 941, Clears all totalizers to 0 (not to preset) reading Clears real-time clock chip (reinitialize) 2.3, , Total clearot: does not clear 3.1, Erases all programming & messages 941, Diagnostic Readots 940 Reads all 4 diagnostic conts (add 0 to clear all 4) Reads call in cont (add 0 to clear) Reads dial ot cont (add 0 to clear) Reads acknowledged alarm cont (add 0 to clear) Reads power failre alarm cont (add 0 to clear) Verbatim Owner's Manal 6-9

50 Advanced Programming Programming Code (Page 8 of 8) Code Description & Comments Defalt Range/Vales Notes Section See p. 6-2 Local Alarm/Line Seizre Read local alarm relay/line seizre H /01 Set local alarm relay/line seizre 00 00/01 H.8 00 = local alarm relay 01 = line seizre 6.2 Programming Operations The following descriptions show the relevant program codes in parenthesis, and are organized according to their appearance in the preceding Program Codes table located in Section 6.1, Program Codes. Refer also to Section 5, Using Yor Verbatim Atodialer, for a description of over-the-phone programming Channel Stats Reading Code Fnction Description 0 ZZ Read Stats of Plays the message that corresponds to the present Channel ZZ inpt condition of Channel ZZ. 0 ZZ 0 Read Open/Closed Says Channel ZZ is closed if channel ZZ inpt is Circit Stats Directly presently Closed Circit, or Channel ZZ is open if the inpt is Open Circit. Usefl in trobleshooting, especially at setp time.! Note: If a channel is disabled, its stats will never be mentioned Message Recording and Reviewing Be sre to refer to Section 4, Record Voice Messages, for important details on message recording, inclding codes 911, 912, 913, and 914. Code Fnction Description 100 Record Station Message 1 ZZ Record Channel ZZ Alarm Message Used for Open Circit message for channels programmed for NO ALARM (stats only), or for Rn Time Meter operation. Also sed for a preamble message for channels programmed for Totalizer or Analog fnction Verbatim Owner's Manal

51 Advanced Programming 2 ZZ Record Channel ZZ Used for Closed Circit message for channels Normal Message programmed for NO ALARM (Stats Only) or for Rn Time Meter operation. Also sed for nits of measre portion of a message following preamble and digit readings, for channels programmed for Totalizer or Analog fnction. 3 ZZ Review Channel ZZ Use 3 00 to review Station ID message Messages Channel Programming (Configring) Also see Section 3.3, Programming Inpt Channels. Code Fnction Description 500 Set Present Inpt Stats Used at setp time as the most expedient way of as Normal Condition for All programming the Normally Open/Normally Closed Contact Inpt Channels configrations ( Alarm Criteria ) of contact inpt channels. Special configrations sch as Stats Only, Rn Time Meter or Totalizer may then be programmed for specific individal channels. This code does not affect channels already programmed for Stats Only, Rn Time Meter, or Plse Totalizer. APPLIES ONLY TO CONTACT INPUTS Sets the Alarm Criteria Used at setp time as the most expedient way of for all contact channels to programming all channels to the same alarm DISABLED criteria. APPLIES ONLY TO CONTACT INPUTS Sets the Alarm Criteria Same as above for all contact channels to NORMALLY CLOSED Sets the Alarm Criteria Same as above for all contact channels to NORMALLY OPEN Sets the Alarm Criteria Same as above for all contact channels to STATUS ONLY 5 ZZ Read Channel ZZ Programming ( Alarm Criteria ) 5 ZZ 0 Disables Channel from Being Monitored and Reported 5 ZZ 1 Set Channel ZZ for An Open Circit condition will case an alarm. Normally Closed Operation APPLIES ONLY TO CONTACT INPUTS. 5 ZZ 2 Set Channel ZZ for A Closed Circit condition will case an alarm. Normally Open Operation APPLIES ONLY TO CONTACT INPUTS. 5 ZZ 3 Set Channel ZZ for No Alarm (Stats Only) APPLIES ONLY TO CONTACT INPUTS. Verbatim Owner's Manal 6-11

52 Advanced Programming Rn Time Meter Programming Yo may program any of the ordinary contact (digital or discrete) inpt channels to accmlate and report the nmber of hors that their respective inpt circits have been closed. Any sch channels will never case an alarm, bt on inqiry will recite the channel s Closed Circit message or the Open Circit message according to the stats of the inpt, and will then report the accmlated Closed Circit time (rn time) to the tenth of an hor. To program channel ZZ for Rn Time Meter operation, press: 5 ZZ 4 ENTER To preset a starting vale, press: 5 ZZ 4 V ENTER where V may be any vale from 0 to 99, To delete the Rn Time Meter programming, yo mst reprogram the channel for any other type of alarm criteria. As with channels programmed for NO ALARM (Stats Only) operation, the defalt Open Circit message is Channel N is off. To record yor own Open Circit message for channel ZZ, se program code 1 ZZ. The defalt Closed Circit message is Channel N is on. To record yor own Closed Circit message for channel ZZ, se program code 2 ZZ Plse Totalizer Fnction Programming The Totalizer fnction conts the accmlated nmber of plses (momentary contact closres) occrring at the contact inpt for a channel which yo have programmed for Totalizer operation. This fnction is typically sed to accmlate the plse otpt of rotary flow meters. An alarm set-point may be programmed to create an alarm call pon reaching a particlar total vale. Scale and offset factors are programmable, and serrecorded messages may be sed. Any contact inpt channel may be programmed for the Totalizer fnction, p to a total of 8 Totalizers. The inpt plse rate mst not exceed 100 plses per second, and if the rate is over 50 plses per second, the plses mst have a 50% dty cycle.! To program channel ZZ for Totalizer operation, press: 5 ZZ 7 ENTER. Note: This fnction mst be done to Activate the Totalizer. It is only possible to program p to 8 contact inpt channels for Plse Totalizer. However, any 8 inpts may be sed from the fll set of contact inpts in yor nit Verbatim Owner's Manal

53 Advanced Programming To establish a non-zero starting vale for the spoken reading, add the desired starting spoken vale after the 7 and before ENTER. To establish a scale factor (so that a nmber of plses will be translated into a single spoken nit cont), press: 5 ZZ 8 N ENTER where N is the nmber of plses corresponding to a single spoken nit cont. For example, if a plse from a flow meter occrs for each 1/10 gallon of water flow, bt the desired report is needs to be in thosands of gallons, a vale of 10,000 wold be sed for N. The nit ses the word percent in speaking of the scale factor. The spoken scaled vale will roll over to zero pon reaching 4,294,967,294 (2 32 ). Vales above this shold not be entered at the keyboard. The defalt message for Totalizer channels is Channel N Totalizer cont is N. User-recorded messages are normally done in two segments. Use program code 1 ZZ to record a preamble message sch as The total water flow reading is. Use program code 2 ZZ to record an ending nits-of-measre message sch as thosand gallons. Dring the report, the nit will insert the digits comprising the actal scaled vale. In this example, the reslting complete report wold be The total water flow reading is (spoken vale) thosand gallons. To establish a Totalizer alarm set-point, press: 5 ZZ 6 N ENTER. When the scaled vale reaches N, the nit will go into Unacknowledged Alarm and begin dialing. After the initial alarm has occred, a new alarm will not occr ntil the ser has reset the criteria. Yo may program a vale of zero for N to cancel any previosly programmed Totalizer alarm set-point for channel ZZ. To clear ot all Totalizer readings to zero in one step, press: ENTER Alarm Trip Delays The Alarm Trip Delay is the length of time after a violation occrs before the nit goes into Unacknowledged Alarm and begins dialing. The defalt vale is 2 seconds for all inpts and 0.1 minte (6 seconds) for power failre. Dring this time, if a stats is read, the message will be the ALARM message, with the extra word alert appended. If the violation is corrected before the Alarm Trip Delay times ot, no alarm or dialot will occr. There are two ways to change this Alarm Trip Delay: global (common for all channels except power failre) programming, and individal programming for each channel and power failre. Verbatim Owner's Manal 6-13

54 Advanced Programming To program a new global Alarm Trip Delay, press: V ENTER where V is a vale consisting of 1 to 4 digits, between.1 and seconds. For example, possible entries inclde.1, 5, 5.1, and (seconds). If yo wish to program a new Alarm Trip Delay for an individal ZZ channel, press: 6 ZZ V ENTER To set a different Power Failre Trip Delay, press: 6 00 V ENTER (code 920 does the same thing) To trn off the Power Failre Alarm fnction, press: ENTER To trn on the Power Failre Alarm fnction, press: ENTER! Note: The global code 902 overrides any previosly set individal channel Alarm Trip Delays. Therefore, if yo wish to establish a different global Alarm Delay and also program selected inpts for still different individal trip delays, perform the global programming first, and then any individal trip delay programming. I The defalt trip delay is 2 seconds for the contact channels and 6 seconds (.1 hor) for power failre. If yo are getting a lot of "nisance" alarms, with a call saying, "alarm now normal," yo might think abot setting the alarm trip delay p a bit. A good example of this wold be the power fail trip delay. In some areas of the contry, it is very common to have short periods of power failre -- ten seconds or less. These may not be of particlar concern, so setting the power fail trip delay to.2 or.3 hors cold save nnecessary phone calls. Cation: When leaving program mode all timers for nacknowledged alarms and violations will be reset Phone Nmbers and Plse/Tone Dialing Also see the section , Alarm Call Groping, and Section 3.1, Starting Up and Clearing the Unit Verbatim Owner's Manal

55 Advanced Programming! Note: DN is the 2-digit Designation Nmber: 01 for the first phone nmber, 02 for the second nmber, p to 16 for the 16th phone nmber. Refer to Programming Worksheet A. Write down each phone nmber yo wish to program, along with a person s name, for ftre reference. To program the first phone nmber to be dialed on alarm, press: 7 01 (then the complete phone nmber) ENTER. To program the second phone nmber to be dialed on alarm: Use code 7 02 in place of 7 01, progressing to a maximm of code 7 16 for a 16th phone nmber. Each phone nmber may be p to 60 digits in length. Be sre to inclde any necessary area codes or 1 prefixes. To erase phone nmber DN, press: 7 DN POINT ENTER. If yo need Toch Tone dialing, press: ENTER. I For high speed dialing, press: ENTER. Cation: "High speed dialing" may not work reliably with some older telephone company exchanges. To switch back to plse dialing, press: ENTER To insert delays between dialed digits (e.g. after a leading 9 in PBX systems), in the programming process, press the MINUS key once for each one-second delay desired. To extend the length of each delay beyond 1 second, press: 9 28 N ENTER where N is the nmber of seconds of delay desired for each delay invoked with the MINUS key. Verbatim Owner's Manal 6-15

56 Advanced Programming Enhanced Telephone Interface Featres The Enhanced Telephone Interface featres give the ser additional power to solve nsal telephone system interface problems and to provide more reliable and efficient notification of alarms. The Enhanced Telephone Interface Featres inclde the following fnctions: 60 Digit Phone Nmbers l For all 16 telephone nmbers and the call-back nmber. Telephone Line Falt Detection (Phone Falt) l Tests phone line at reglar programmed interval l Flashes TFAIL LED on dialer front panel pon failre l Logs Phone Falts and phone line restoration to Local Printer Atomatic Selection of Tone verss Plse Dialing l Tests for tone capability pon first power p withot ser intervention l May be overridden for PBXs with non-standard dialtones Call Progress Monitoring (CPM) l Detects bsy and ringing signals l Waits ntil phone is answered to annnciate voice reports l Abandons call if bsy or no answer and qickly tries next nmber Nmeric Pager Spport l Designate Pager only nmbers - no voice annnciation l Insert pager system terminator characters sch as # or * l Insert DTMF A, B, C & D tones in phone nmber strings for niqe IDs PBX Spport l Ignore non-standard PBX dialtones l Insert wait for otside line dialtone into phone nmber strings The Enhanced Telephone Interface Featres are inclded on Verbatims with a mainboard Revision of VMP-5a and above and firmware revisions 2.09 and above ONLY. Contact yor RACO Representative abot pgrading if the Enchanced Telephone Interface is reqired Verbatim Owner's Manal

57 Advanced Programming Digit Phone Nmbers Telephone nmbers may be as long as 60 digits. This allows, for instance, the Verbatim atodialer to make calls sing long distance companies which reqire entry of access codes. Even with many digits occpied by long distance nmbers and access codes there will still be sfficient digits remaining for calls to pager systems reqiring complex seqences of terminators, ID nmbers, time delays, tone detects, etc Telephone Line Falt Detection (Phone Falt) The Phone Falt Detection featre tests the telephone line whenever the nit needs to make a phone call and at a reglar programmable time interval (as long as there are phone nmbers programmed). Phone Falt is trned ON by defalt bt may be disabled if so desired. Also, the Phone Falt Detection interval is ser programmable. Phone Falt shares a ser code with the Atomatic Tone/Plse Selection capability. The basic ser command is code 917. Entering code 917 with no parameter will case a recitation of the crrent settings for Phone Falt and Atomatic Tone/Plse Selection. The following parameters may be entered: Trns OFF BOTH Phone Falt Detect and Ato. Tone/Plse Select Trns ON Phone Falt Detect, trns OFF Ato. Tone/Plse Select Trns OFF phone falt detect, trns ON Ato. Tone/Plse Select Trns ON BOTH Phone Falt Detect and Ato. Tone/Plse Select (defalt) ! Note: The factory defalt setting for code 917 is parameter 3, BOTH Phone Falt Detect and Ato. Tone/Plse Select ON. The command code 916 is sed to set the Atomatic Phone Falt Detection interval. This time interval can range from 0.1 hor to 24 hors. The factory defalt setting is 24 hors. Enter the command 916 followed by a vale from 0.1 to 24.0 to program the Phone Falt Detection interval. Verbatim Owner's Manal 6-17

58 Advanced Programming For example, to set the Phone Falt Detection interval to 0.3 hor., enter: Whenever a Phone Falt is first detected, a Local Data Logger (LDL) message will be sent to the printer with date and time stamp. Additionally, the Phone Falt LED, labeled TFAIL, will begin to blink. If a Phone Falt is detected at the beginning of an otgoing phone call the TFAIL LED will flash and the nit will retrn to the NORMAL state. Then, while still in the NORMAL state, the nit will continally check the telephone line every 30 seconds for restoration of the telephone service. When telephone service is restored, a message will be sent to the Local Data Logger s printer and the TFAIL LED will go from flashing to solid ON. The Verbatim atodialer will then resme making any pending phone calls. The TFAIL LED will remain ON ntil a voice message abot the Phone Falt is commnicated via the phone or to an operator at the front panel by pressing the CHECK STATUS btton. The TFAIL LED and pending voice annnciation of the Phone Falt condition may also be cleared at the front panel by pressing the DISARM/RE-ARM btton twice. No Phone Falt Detection will be performed if there are no phone nmbers programmed. If the nit needs to make an alarm call when there is a Phone Falt the nmbered channel LEDs will blink continosly even thogh the nit is in the NORMAL state. This nsal condition will only be seen while there is a Phone Falt and the nit is constantly testing for the retrn of telephone service Atomatic Tone/Plse Selection When Atomatic Tone/Plse Selection is ON the Verbatim atodialer will test for the ability to se tone dialing. This test will be performed only once, one minte after the nit is powered on or is reset. Atomatic Tone/Plse Selection enables the installer to not be concerned abot whether the telephone line spports tone dialing. Atomatic Tone/Plse Selection shares a ser code with Phone Falt Detection. The basic ser command is code 917. Entering code 917 with no parameter will case a recitation of the crrent settings for Phone Falt and Atomatic Tone/ Plse Selection. The following parameters may be entered: Trns OFF BOTH Phone Falt Detect and Ato. Tone/Plse Select Trns ON Phone Falt Detect, trns OFF Ato. Tone/Plse Select Verbatim Owner's Manal

59 Advanced Programming Trns OFF phone falt detect, trns ON Ato. Tone/Plse Select Trns ON BOTH Phone Falt Detect and Ato. Tone/Plse Select (defalt) ! Note: The factory defalt setting for code 917 is parameter 3, BOTH Phone Falt Detect and Ato. Tone/Plse Select ON. Setting Atomatic Tone/Plse Selection ON when it was previosly OFF will case the Verbatim atodialer to perform the test for Tone/Plse Selection even thogh it has been longer than one minte since the nit was last powered on or reset. After powering the nit on, Atomatic Tone/Plse Selection may be temporarily sspended by any front panel activity. Atomatic Tone/Plse Selection will then be resmed one minte after the front panel activity has ceased. No Tone/Plse Selection will be done while the nit is being programmed over the phone or if there are not phone nmbers programmed Call Progress Monitoring (CPM) Call Progress Monitoring (CPM) operates by listening for the presence or absence of bsy and ringing signals. These are the same signals yo hear after yo dial a phone nmber. Proper operation of CPM reqires that the bsy and ringing signals are composed of standard Call Progress freqencies. The possibility exists that CPM may not fnction properly becase the CPM tones on a particlar phone system are not standard. Unlike other eqipment with Call Progress Monitoring, CPM on the Verbatim atodialer does not inclde detection for the dial tone at the beginning of the dialot session. However, dialtone detection is an integral part of Phone Falt Detection. This allows CPM to be operational even when the Verbatim atodialer is installed inside of a PBX phone system which has a non-standard dialtone. CPM is intended to detect the following phone line states: l l l l phone line is bsy - both sbscriber and trnk bsy signals are detected non-existent phone nmber phone nanswered - still ringing phone answered - ringing stopped Verbatim Owner's Manal 6-19

60 Advanced Programming When CPM determines that a call is not complete, an appropriate report will be sent to the local printer. Reasons for a non-completed call: l l CPM determines the line is bsy CPM does not detect cessation of ringing before end of programmed CPM ring cont l CPM does not detect either bsy signal or valid ring signals Reason for a completed Call: l CPM detects at least one ring followed by cessation of ringing If a call is not completed, the Verbatim atodialer will disconnect the call and enter the intercall delay state. At the end of the intercall delay, the next programmed telephone nmber will be dialed. When a call is not completed, the intercall delay will always be shortened to 30 seconds. This CPM altered intercall delay is fixed at 30 seconds and is not affected by the ser-programmed intercall delay. The normal programmable intercall delay will apply only to the delay between completed calls. Call Progress Monitoring for firmaware version 2.09 is set to ON by factory defalt. If CPM is OFF the Verbatim will deliver voice messages withot regard to any ringing or bsy signals. This nit will simply dial the nmber, then after a short delay, start annnciating voice reports. As noted above, dialtone detection is actally a part of the Phone Falt Detection featre. It is possible to have CPM trned OFF and Phone Falt Detect trned ON. In this case, the nit will test for a dialtone bt not for bsy or ringing signals. Use code 900 to read or set CPM programming. Use code 900 followed by a 1 or 0 parameter to program CPM ON (1) or OFF (0). The CPM ring cont is the nmber of rings Verbatim atodialer will wait for an answer before considering the call to be incomplete. Use code 918 to read or set the nmber of CPM rings. The factory defalt is 10 rings and the ser may program any nmber of rings from 5 to 20. l For example, to program the CPM ring cont to 10 rings, enter: then ENTER 6-20 Verbatim Owner's Manal

61 Advanced Programming Alarm Call Groping This is a programming step that links selected channels to selected dialot phone nmbers, so that when a given channel goes into alarm, only the phone nmbers linked to that channel will be dialed. Ordinarily, an alarm on any channel will case dialing of the entire list of phone nmbers. Alarm Call Groping is typically done when certain channels are associated with a specific category of personnel, sch as electrical, plmbing, secrity, etc. However, Power Failre to the Verbatim atodialer cases dialing of all phone nmbers. If yo need to limit Power Failre alarm calls to selected nmbers: 1. Trn off the reglar Power Failre alarm fnction sing code , (described below) 2. Then connect an nsed inpt channel for power failre monitoring, sing the contacts of a relay. To program for Alarm Call Groping: 1. Enter yor phone nmber. It is important to first write in yor entire list of phone nmbers on Programming Worksheet A in Appendix J.! Note: There is a 2-digit Designation Nmber on the Worksheet associated with each phone nmber (01 for the first nmber, etc.). This nmber corresponds with the 3-digit program code for entering phone nmbers (701 for the first nmber, etc.). 2. Grop them by sing code 5 ZZ 9 DN. Begin by filling in Programming Worksheet B in Appendix J. Refer to the filled-in examples for gidance. The right-hand colmn will now contain the actal program code strings which yo shold now enter, terminating each string entry with the ENTER key. For example, to link channel 1 to the second and fifth phone nmbers, following the filled-in example, yo wold press: ENTER 3. Phone nmbers will always be dialed in ascending order of the 2-digit Designation Nmbers, regardless of their order in yor program code entry. Note that an alarm on any channel that is not linked with a program code entry will case dialing of the entire list of phone nmbers. To read the linkage programming on channel ZZ, press: 5 ZZ 9 ENTER Verbatim Owner's Manal 6-21

62 Advanced Programming To n-link channel ZZ so that it again calls all phone nmbers, press: 5 ZZ 9 POINT ENTER To ndo all existing linkage on all channels, press: ENTER Alarm Ready Schedling Refer to Section 7, "Using the Alarm Ready Schedle Featre," for se and application information. See also Appendix E, "Data Acqisition/Central Data Logging." Local Data Logging Programming Codes Refer to Chapter 2, "Installation," for se and application information Analog Inpt Programming Refer to Appendices B, C and D, "Analog Signal Inpt," "Remote Spervisory Control Otpt," and "Printer Options," for se and application information Remote Spervisory Control Refer to Appendices B, C and D, "Analog Signal Inpt," "Remote Spervisory Control Otpt," and "Printer Options," for se and application information. See also Appendix E, "Data Acqisition/Central Data Logging." Data Acqisition/Central Data Logging Refer to Appendix E, "Data Acqisition/Central Data Logging." Miscellaneos Programming Tips (903) Time Between Alarm Call Ots This is the length of time after ending one alarm call-ot and before beginning the next call-ot. Defalt vale is 2 mintes; range is 0.1 to 99.9 mintes. To program a different nmber of mintes V, press: 9 03 V ENTER 6-22 Verbatim Owner's Manal

63 Advanced Programming (904, 922) Alarm Reset Time This is the length of time after acknowledgment before a given channel (or Power Failre) is atomatically reset to a clear condition, ready to act on a new alarm condition. Refer to the diagram Anatomy of an Alarm in Section 5, Using Yor Verbatim Atodialer, for a depiction of the varios events involved in association with the Alarm Reset Time. Defalt vale is 1 hor; range is 0.1 to 99.9 hors. To program a different nmber of hors V, press: 9 04 V ENTER I To trn the Alarm Reset Timer fnction off, press: ENTER Cation: Yo shold not trn the alarm reset timer fnction off nder normal circmstances becase once a given channel s alarm has been acknowledged, it wold never again case an alarm call ot. To trn the Alarm Reset Timer fnction on again, press: ENTER (905) Clear All Acknowledged Alarms and Alarm Reset Timers Especially dring setp and testing, it is sefl to be able to re-trip an alarm after it has previosly been tripped and acknowledged, withot having to wait for the Alarm Reset Time to expire. To perform this clear ot, press: ENTER At the panel, the same reslt may be more easily obtained by pressing DISARM/RE-ARM to disarm the nit, then pressing it again to rearm the nit. (906) Ring Answer Delay Represents the nmber of rings reqired when calling the Verbatim nit, before the nit will answer. A long ring delay might be programmed if yo wish personnel to have the opportnity to answer a reglar telephone on the same line, before the Verbatim atodialer wold answer. Defalt vale is 1 ring; range is 1 to 20 rings. To program a different nmber of rings N, press: 9 06 N ENTER Verbatim Owner's Manal 6-23

64 Advanced Programming (907) Nmber of Alarm Message Repeats Represents the total nmber of times each message or set of messages is spoken dring each alarm call ot. Normally a vale of 3 repeats (strictly speaking, the alarm message pls 2 repeats) shold be programmed. The reason for this is that there needs to be adeqate message recital time to allow adeqate time to answer the phone call and hear at least one complete set of messages. Defalt vale is 3 repeats; range is 1 to 20 repeats. To program a different nmber of repeats N, press: 9 07 N ENTER (908) Atocall Test Fnction The Atocall Test Fnction cases the nit to place test calls at reglar intervals for the prpose of ongoing verification of Verbatim atodialer and phone line fnctioning. Calls are placed only once for each interval, to each reglar phone nmber programmed (7 01 throgh 7 16). The exception being the acknowledgement of a test call, where additional calls will not be placed for that time interval. Each call gives the station ID message and a statement that this is a test call, pls a report of all inpts. To trn this fnction on, press: ENTER To trn it off, press: ENTER The first series of calls begins as soon as the Atocall Test Fnction is trned on. Therefore, if yo want the nit to call at 5 PM each day, yo will need to trn this fnction on at that time. The defalt interval is 24 hors; range is 0.1 to 99.9 hors. To program a different interval V, press: 9 09 V ENTER! Note: If the Verbatim atodialer is in the disarmed mode, call-ots/atocalls will not be made. (910) Secrity Access Code Once yo establish a Secrity Access Code, nathorized personnel are prevented from altering yor programming or messages over the phone withot first entering the Access Code. This does not affect programming access at the panel. To establish an Access Code N of p to 8 digits, press: 9 10 N ENTER (at the panel) 6-24 Verbatim Owner's Manal

65 Advanced Programming Once established, whenever yo press a Command Tone 1 at the prompting beep, the nit first prompts yo to enter the Access Code before allowing yo to perform programming or message recording operations. Yo may still read existing programming withot sing the Access Code by pressing a Command Tone 2 at the prompting beep. However, the Access Code itself cannot be read over the phone. To delete the Secrity Access Code so that no code is reqired in order to perform over the phone programming, press: POINT ENTER (at the panel) ONLY (921, 930) Power Failre Alarm Fnction ON/OFF; DISARM/RE-ARM All Alarms To trn off the Power Failre Alarm fnction, press: ENTER To trn the Power Failre Alarm fnction on again, press: ENTER To disarm the nit, preventing any alarm call ots, press: ENTER To rearm the nit, press: ENTER At the front panel, the same reslt is more easily obtained by sing the DISARM/RE-ARM key. (700, 924) Callback/Callforward This featre cases the nit to dial a special zeroth phone nmber on command. This is typically initiated over the phone, casing the nit to call back to the person who invoked the command, in order to verify the ability of the nit to sccessflly dial ot. The nit gives a stats report of all channels as part of this call. To program this special callback nmber, press: 7 00 (then the complete phone nmber) ENTER To initiate the actal dialing, press: ENTER If yo have exected this command over the phone, the nit will advise yo that it will be calling the callback nmber in 15 seconds. Then it will end the crrent call in preparation for placing the callback call. If yo have exected this command at the front panel, the dialing will occr immediately. Verbatim Owner's Manal 6-25

66 Advanced Programming! Note: If the Verbatim atodialer is in the disarmed mode, call-ots/atocalls will not be made. (926) Delay Before Retrn to Normal (Exit Delay) Sometimes it is desirable to prepare the nit for the ability to detect violations and dial ot, bt with an exit delay that allows the ser time to exit or remove temporarily existing alarm violations before the nit becomes active. To set delay before Retrn to Normal: 1. Press: 9 26 V ENTER where V is the desired delay in mintes (range 1.0 to 99.9 mintes). 2. Then press DISARM/RE-ARM if necessary to extingish the flashing DISARMED legend light. However, do not press NORMAL, bt instead leave the nit in PROGRAM mode, with the PROGRAM light illminated. The nit cannot go into alarm while in PROGRAM mode. When the delay period times ot, the nit will atomatically retrn to NOR- MAL mode and will then be ready to act on any alarm violations that occr after that time. This code mst be re-entered each time yo wish an exit delay, since the delay vale atomatically retrns to the defalt vale of 2 mintes pon timeot. The 2 minte defalt vale provides protection against the possibility that someone might walk away leaving the nit in PROGRAM mode, or perhaps hang p the phone after performing over-the-phone programming withot properly ending the call. (932, 933, 934) Microphone and Speaker Operation If yo enable the front panel microphone sing program code 933 as described below, the microphone will be atomatically activated for a 15 second listening period at the end of each alarm or inqiry call, allowing yo to hear the sonds near the nit from a remote telephone. An additional warble tone is issed at the end of this listening period, allowing yo to postpone tone acknowledgment ntil after the listening period. To trn this fnction on, press: ENTER To trn this fnction off, press: ENTER 6-26 Verbatim Owner's Manal

67 Advanced Programming If yo have trned the microphone on, as above, then dring any phone call, yo may also invoke a one-time listening period by entering Remote Program Mode (press 1 at the warble tone) and then entering # #. To trn off the speaker so that neither alarm call or inqiry call activity is heard at the nit, press: ENTER The speaker will still be heard when operating keys at the front panel. To trn the speaker on again, press: ENTER! Note: The speaker volme may be adjsted via the trimpot marked SPKR VOL shown on the Electrical Connection Diagram. See Section A.1, "Adjsting Internal Speaker Volme Program Clear Ot Operations The following list of program codes provides a flexible variety of operations to conveniently clear selected programming items in order to allow for a fresh start. I Code Fnction Clears ot phone nmbers; sets all delays to defalt Clears ot phone nmbers only Clears ot all alarm call groping linkage Sets the following delays to their factory defalt vales: 902, 903, 904, 920, 921, 926, 928 (921 sets power failre alarm ON) Clears all ser recorded messages Clears all programming except messages. ( Does not clear 913, 930, 941, and 942) Clears all Totalizer conts to zero Clears and initializes clock Total clear ot (Does not clear 941 and 942). Cation: Code erases all programming and messages. Verbatim Owner's Manal 6-27

68 Advanced Programming (940) Diagnostic Readots To assist in analyzing the way the nit is operating, the following list of diagnostic cont codes is provided. Code Fnction 940 Reads all 4 diagnostic conts (add 0 to clear all 4) Reads Call In Cont (add 0 to clear) Reads Dial Ot Cont (add 0 to clear) Reads Acknowledged Alarm Cont (add 0 to clear) Reads Power Failre Alarm Cont (add 0 to clear) To Clear all Conts 6-28 Verbatim Owner's Manal

69 Using the Alarm Ready Schedle Featre 7 Using the Alarm Ready Schedle Featre 7.1 Definition An Alarm Ready Schedle is defined as an interval of time dring which the Verbatim atodialer is ARMED and Ready to respond to alarm conditions. Alarm Ready Schedles can be atomatically started according to times and dates entered by the operator. An Alarm Ready Schedle commences with the Verbatim atodialer becoming REARMED. (If the Verbatim atodialer was previosly not DISARMED then the schedle will still be commenced at that time.) Once the Alarm Ready Schedle has commenced the Verbatim atodialer will contine in an ARMED state ntil the end of the Alarm Ready Schedle, at which time the Verbatim atodialer will be atomatically DISARMED. Once an Alarm Ready Schedle has commenced it is said to be active." There are three steps to programming for Alarm Ready Schedling: Date and time setting Enter alarm start and stop times Enable the Alarm Ready Schedling featre sing code 966 N. 7.2 General Descriptions Alarm Ready Schedles can be viewed as really nothing more than an atomated way of pressing the REARM/DISARM btton. Therefore, if an alarm occrs while the Verbatim atodialer is DISARMED, no dial-ots will be made and the alarm will be atomatically acknowledged. Correspondingly, if there is an acknowledged alarm when the Verbatim atodialer becomes REARMED and the inpt violation is still present then the Verbatim atodialer will begin calling after the trip delay has elapsed. If the Verbatim atodialer is doing a seqence of alarm calls or Atocall calls at the time when an Alarm Ready Schedle shold change the Verbatim atodialer s REARM/DISARM state the change will be delayed ntil after the end of the calling seqence. Verbatim Owner's Manal 7-1

70 Using the Alarm Ready Schedle Featre Alarm Ready Schedles can be temporarily overridden by the operator pressing the REARM/DISARM btton. However, if the REARM/DISARM btton is pressed dring an active Alarm Ready Schedle the schedle still remains active. If the operator DISARMs the Verbatim atodialer in the middle of an Alarm Ready Schedle the schedle will actally contine to it s ending time. It will then deactivate itself and attempt to DISARM the Verbatim atodialer jst as if the Verbatim atodialer was still ARMED. If the operator DISARMs the Verbatim atodialer in the middle of an active Alarm Ready Schedle, then REARMs the Verbatim atodialer once again before the end of the Alarm Ready Schedle the schedle will remain active ntil its ending time. The schedle will then be deactivated and the Verbatim atodialer will be DISARMED. Weekday Timer 00:00 21:00 03:00 18:00 06:00 RE-ARMED - 17:00 08:00 - DISARMED 15:00 09:00 12:00 Weekend Timer ARMED PERIOD SUN FRIDAY 17:00 RE-ARMED SAT MON MONDAY 08:00 DISARMED FRI TUE THU WED 7-2 Verbatim Owner's Manal

71 Using the Alarm Ready Schedle Featre Holiday Timer is Linear Crrent Date/Time Jly 6, :00 DISARMED JAN 1993 FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP Jly 2, :00 RE-ARMED 7.3 Alarm Ready Schedle Modes There are three possible Alarm Ready Schedles modes: Weekday, Weekend & Holiday. Any combination of these three possible schedles may be enabled at one time, however, the Verbatim may only become REARMED or DIS- ARMED by one mode at a time. See Section 7.7, "Alarm Ready Schedle Priorities." For example, yo may have both weekday & weekend schedles enabled at the same time or yo may have all three enabled at the same time. When the Verbatim becomes DISARMED or REARMED by an Alarm Ready Schedle it will verbally annonce which mode cased the REARM/DISARM action. The Alarm Ready Schedle modes are as follows: Mode Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 Schedle Weekday Schedle Weekend Schedle Holiday Schedle For example, if there was a weekday schedle enabled to REARM the Verbatim at 1700 daily, when the weekday schedle became active the Verbatim wold say, REARMED for mode 1. Also, when there is a local printer connected to the Verbatim, the mode of the Alarm Ready Schedle casing the REARM/ DISARM (WEEKDAY, WEEKEND, or HOLIDAY) will be printed along with the crrent time. Verbatim Owner's Manal 7-3

72 Using the Alarm Ready Schedle Featre 7.4 Weekday Schedle Mode 1 The weekday schedle will REARM the Verbatim atodialer daily at the programmed weekday REARM time and DISARM the Verbatim atodialer daily at the programmed DISARM time. If no weekend schedle is enabled (via the Alarm Ready Control Nmber settings) then the weekday schedle applies everyday, Monday throgh Snday. As noted below, the weekend schedle is overridden by the weekend and holiday schedles. 7.5 Weekend Schedle Mode 2 If programmed, the weekend schedle operates once a week. The weekend schedle is set by factory defalt to be Friday throgh Monday. If the defalts are sed the Verbatim atodialer cold be REARMED every Friday afternoon at 1700 and DISARMED again every Monday morning at The weekend schedle cold be changed from the defalts, for example, so that the Verbatim atodialer wold be REARMED on Satrday and DISARMED on Monday (for organizations with 6 day work-weeks). When the weekend schedle is enabled the weekday schedle will be overridden. In other words, there wold be no DISARMING of the nit at 0800 Satrday morning. By defalt, the weekend REARM/DISARM times are set to be the same as the weekday REARM/DISARM times. However, non-defalt weekend REARM/ DISARM times may be entered if the operator so chooses. Therefore, if personnel reglarly leave early on Fridays then the REARM time cold be set to 1500 instead of the sal Holiday Schedle Mode 3 The Holiday schedle is a one-shot, non-recrring schedle which overrides all of the other schedles. The Holiday schedle will be set by factory defalt to some Holiday period in the past (sch as last Christmas).! Note: For the Holiday schedle only, the exact date is entered inclding the year. Once, the Holiday schedle has been rn it is complete and finished ntil a new schedle, for some date in the ftre, is entered. To se the Holiday Alarm Ready Schedle, the operator mst enter the REARM date (month/date/year) and DISARM date (month/date/year). 7-4 Verbatim Owner's Manal

73 Using the Alarm Ready Schedle Featre For the time-of-day, the Holiday Alarm Ready Schedle always ses the Weekend REARM/DISARM times. 7.7 Alarm Ready Schedle Priorities There is a priority among the Alarm Ready Schedles. The Holiday Alarm Ready Schedle has the highest priority, then comes the weekend schedle and finally the weekday schedle. If all three Alarm Ready Schedles are to be active, a Holiday schedle will always start at it s schedled time & date regardless of the state of the other schedles. When the Holiday schedle is over then the other schedles will resme. Likewise, the Weekend Alarm Ready Schedle has priority over the Weekday Alarm Ready Schedle. The weekend schedle will always start at its programmed day-of-week and time regardless of the state of the weekday schedle. When the weekend schedle is over then the weekday schedle will resme. 7.8 Programming Alarm Ready Schedle Parameters The following section explains the Verbatim atodialer codes to be sed for programming Alarm Ready Schedles and the Alarm Ready Schedle Control Nmbers. Alarm Ready Schedle parameters may be entered either at the front panel or over the phone. There are some restrictions which mst be remembered when entering DISARM/REARM times and ALARM READY SCHEDULE CONTROL NUMBERS. 1. When entering new schedle times, the REARM time mst be later than the time the operator is programming the schedle. However, it may not be possible to "jmp" into a schedle when exiting the programming mode. For example, if the crrent time is 1700 hors and the operator enters a weekday schedle to REARM daily at 1630 and DISARM daily at 0730, this new schedle wold not start ntil the following day at 1630 hors. Conversely, assme that the crrent time is 1700 hors and that the operator goes into PROGRAM mode and enters a new weekday schedle to REARM at 1705 and DISARM at At this time, the operator can either retrn to NORMAL mode or contine in PROGRAM mode and do other programming. Even thogh it may be after 1705 when finally retrning to the NORMAL mode, the weekday schedle will still begin (or have begn) at 1705 hors. Verbatim Owner's Manal 7-5

74 Using the Alarm Ready Schedle Featre 2. Yo cannot enter any holiday date vales which will case the holiday REARM or DISARM date and time to be earlier than the crrent date and time. As explained below, the holiday schedle ses the weekend times for the time-of-day of the holiday REARM and DISARM. 3. It s sefl to nderstand that the Verbatim atodialer's internal contdown timers sed for REARM/DISARM times are re-calclated as a reslt of the operator making certain Alarm Ready Schedle programming changes. Anytime a new REARM or DISARM date/time is entered, a calclation is made to determine the next REARM and DISARM for that particlar schedle. Also, when the ALARM READY SCHEDULE CONTROL NUMBER is changed all REARM and DISARM date/times are re-calclated. Frther, whenever the crrent date or time is set or changed by the operator, all REARM and DISARM date/times will be re-calclated. 7.9 Starting the Real-Time Clock Chip, Time and Date Setting Use Program Code ENTER to start the real time clock chip. This needs to be done only once at the time of the installation of the chip. Time and date may be set or corrected with the following programming code entries: To check the date: 941 ENTER To set the date: 941 MM DD YY D ENTER MM is the month (03 for March); DD is the date (07 for the 7th day of the month); YY is the year (89 for 1989); and D is the day of the week (1 for Snday; 2 for Monday, etc.). Entry of D is optional. To check the time: 942 ENTER To set the time: 942 HH MM SS ENTER HH are the hors in military time (13 for 1 PM); MM are the MM (09 for 9 mintes); and SS are the seconds. Entry of SS is optional. To clear the time and date back to 00:00:00 on 01/01/89: ENTER 7-6 Verbatim Owner's Manal

75 Using the Alarm Ready Schedle Featre 7.10 Setting Alarm Start & Stop Times CODE 961 READ WEEKDAY REARM & DISARM TIME (defalts: 1700 & 0800) Press then ENTER to hear the Weekday REARM & DISARM times recited. Times will not be altered and new REARM & DISARM vales will not be calclated. SET WEEKDAY REARM & DISARM TIME Press pls REARM & DISARM time. For example, then ENTER to set REARM time to 1600 (4:00 P.M.) & DISARM time to 0700 (7:00 A.M.) The ser is allowed to enter jst the REARM time, i.e.; (enter). Bt, if the ser wants to change the DISARM time then both the REARM & DISARM times mst be entered. CODE 962 READ WEEKEND REARM & DISARM TIME (defalts: 1700 & 0800) Press then (enter) to hear the Weekend REARM & DISARM times recited. Times will not be altered and new REARM & DISARM vales will not be calclated. SET WEEKEND REARM & DISARM TIME Press pls REARM & DISARM time then ENTER, for example, then ENTER to set REARM time to 3:00 P.M. & DISARM time to 7:00 A.M. The ser is allowed to enter jst the REARM time, i.e.; ENTER. Bt, if the ser wants to change the DISARM time, then both the REARM & DISARM times mst be entered. CODE 963: READ WEEKEND REARM & DISARM DAY-OF-WEEK (defalts: Fri. & Mon.) - Press then ENTER to hear the Weekend REARM & DISARM day-of-week (d-o-w) recited as a nmber from 1 to 7. Note: Snday = 1, Monday = 2, etc. Day-of-week will not be altered and new REARM & DISARM vales will not be calclated. SET WEEKEND REARM & DISARM DAY-OF-WEEK Press pls REARM & DISARM d-o-w then ENTER. For example, then ENTER to set the weekend REARM day-of-week to Friday & REARM day-of-week to Snday. The ser is allowed to change only the REARM d-o-w if so desired, e.g.; ENTER to set the REARM d-o-w to Satrday. Bt, if the ser wants to change the DISARM d-o-w then both the REARM d-o-w & DISARM d-o-w mst be entered. Verbatim Owner's Manal 7-7

76 Using the Alarm Ready Schedle Featre CODE 964: READ HOLIDAY REARM DATE (defalt: 12/24/95) Press then ENTER to hear the Holiday REARM date recited. The Holiday REARM will not be altered. SET HOLIDAY REARM DATE Press pls REARM date. For example, enter ENTER to set holiday REARM date to December 24, The new REARM date can not be before today's date.! Note: The day-of-week date cannot be entered for a Holiday schedle. CODE 965: READ HOLIDAY DISARM DATE (defalt: 12/26/95) Press then ENTER to hear the Holiday DISARM date recited. The Holiday DISARM will not be altered. SET HOLIDAY DISARM DATE Press pls REARM date. For Example, enter ENTER to set holiday DISARM date to December 26, The new DISARM date can not be before today's date.! Note: The day-of-week date cannot be entered for a Holiday schedle Enabling the Alarm Ready Schedle Featre CODE 966 READ ALARM READY SCHEDULE CONTROL NUMBER (defalt: 0) Press then (enter) to hear the Alarm Ready Schedle Control Nmber recited. The Control nmber will not be altered and new REARM & DISARM vales will not be calclated. ALARM READY SCHEDULE CONTROL NUMBER HAS THE FOLLOWING MEANING: 0 OFF No Alarm Ready Schedles exected. Also sed to reset all active Alarm Ready Schedles. 1 Only the Weekday Alarm Ready Schedle will be active. (Daily: Monday-Snday) Defalt: REARMED everyday 1700 & DIS- ARMED everyday Verbatim Owner's Manal

77 Using the Alarm Ready Schedle Featre 2 Only Weekend Alarm Ready Schedle will be active. Defalt: REARM every Friday 1700 & DISARM every Monday Both Weekday & Weekend Alarm Ready Schedles will be active. Defalt: REARM daily at 1700 Monday-Thrsday & DISARM daily at 0800 Tesday-Friday. REARM Friday at 1700 & DISARM Monday at Only Holiday Alarm Ready Schedle will be activated. Defalt: REARM at 1700 December 24, 1990 then DISARM at 0800 December 26, Both Holiday & Weekday Alarm Ready Schedles will be activated. Defalt: REARM daily at 1700 & DISARM daily at REARM at 1700 December 24, 1990 then DISARM at 0800 December 26, Both Holiday & Weekend Alarm Ready Schedles will be activated. Defalt: REARM every Friday at 1700 then DISARM every Monday at REARM at 1700 December 24, 1990 then DISARM at 0800 December 26, Holiday, Weekend & Weekday Alarm Ready Schedles will be activated. Defalt: REARM daily at 1700 Monday-Thrsday then DISARM daily at 0800 Tesday-Fri. REARM every Friday at 1700 then DISARM every Monday at REARM at 1700 December 24, 1990 then DISARM at 0800 December 26, 1990.! Note: Whenever a new Alarm Ready Schedle Control Nmber is entered all REARM & DISARM vales will be recalclated. Any active Alarm Ready Schedles will be halted and the Verbatim atodialer will be left in which ever REARM/DISARM state it was last in Factory Defalts Activity Schedle Weekday REARM time 1700 Weekday DISARM time 0800 Weekend REARM day-of-week Friday Weekend DISARM day-of-week Monday Weekend REARM time 1700 Weekend DISARM time 0800 Holiday REARM date 12/24/90 Holiday DISARM date 12/26/90 Holiday REARM time always same as Weekend REARM time Holiday DISARM time always same as Weekend DISARMtime Alarm Ready Control Nmber 0 (all schedles disabled) Verbatim Owner's Manal 7-9

78 Using the Alarm Ready Schedle Featre! Note: Both Weekend times are initially the same as their respective Weekday times, bt can be reprogrammed Weekday and Weekend Alarm Ready Schedle Programming Example For the following example assme that personnel are present at a plant being monitored by the Verbatim atodialer dring normal bsiness hors, Monday throgh Friday, 7 A.M. to 4 P.M. Assme frther that there is someone at the plant every Satrday from 7 A.M. ntil 12 Noon and that the personnel wold be aware of any alarm conditions at the plant and wold not want the Verbatim atodialer to be making calls to phone nmbers in its phone nmber list. In this example, the Verbatim atodialer shold be: l REARMED every weekday evening at 1600 l DISARMED every weekday morning at 0700 l REARMED every Satrday at 1200 noon l Stay in the ARMED state ntil it is DISARMED every Monday at 0700 For the example, se the following steps: 1. Verify that the crrent time is one of the times when the Verbatim atodialer is DISARMED, i.e.; dring normal workday hors. It is important that the time be the crrent time, since any Alarm Ready Schedle begins with the Verbatim atodialer becoming REARMED and ends with the Verbatim atodialer becoming DISARMED. If a ser were to set p a repeating Alarm Ready Schedle (weekday or weekend) dring the time the Verbatim atodialer was to be ARMED, the programmed schedle wold not actally begin ntil the next time that schedle was to take effect. For example, if the crrent time was 1630 and a weekday schedle was being programmed, that weekday schedle wold not actally start ntil the next day at Press the PROGRAM key to pt the Verbatim atodialer into the program mode. 3. Set the crrent date and time: (if not already set) a. Enter CODE 941 MM DD YY d followed by ENTER Where: MM = 2 digits for month, DD = 2 digits for date, YY = 2 digits for year, and d = 1 digit for day-of-week Verbatim Owner's Manal

79 Using the Alarm Ready Schedle Featre b. Enter CODE 942 HH MM SS followed by ENTER Where: HH = 2 digits for hors, MM = 2 digits for mintes, SS = 2 digits for seconds. 4. Set the Weekday REARM/DISARM times: Enter CODE followed by ENTER to set the REARM time to 1600 and the DISARM time to Set the Weekend REARM/DISARM times: Enter CODE followed by ENTER to set the weekend REARM time to 1200 and the weekend DISARM time to Set the Weekend REARM/DISARM day-of-week: Enter CODE followed by ENTER to set the weekend REARM day-of-week to Satrday and the Weekend DISARM day-of-week to Monday. 7. Enable both the Weekday and Weekend Alarm Ready Schedles: Enter CODE followed by ENTER to set the Alarm Ready Schedle Control Nmber to 3 to enable both the Weekday and the Weekend Alarm Ready Schedles.! Note: If the Verbatim atodialer is configred with a local printer, a smmary of all of the REARM and DISARM times will be printed. 8. Retrn to the Normal mode and make sre the Verbatim atodialer is DISARMED. Verbatim Owner's Manal 7-11

80 Using the Alarm Ready Schedle Featre 7-12 Verbatim Owner's Manal

81 Maintenance, Testing, and Battery Replacement 8 Maintenance, Testing, and Battery Replacement Reglar testing is the main element of a maintenance program for ongoing Verbatim atodialer reliability. The test shold inclde interrpting AC power to the Verbatim atodialer for at least 4 hors to verify the gel cell battery maintains Verbatim atodialer operation for that time. Yo may wish to disconnect the phone cord to avoid nisance calls dring the test period.! Note: The LOBAT light on the Verbatim activates whenever the charge or discharge crrent for the rechargeable battery exceeds a certain level. If the battery is not flly charged (as following installation or following a power failre) then the charging crrent will activate the light. If the battery is crrently being discharged (as dring a power failre) the light will be activated. The LOBAT light does not necessarily warn of a battery wearing ot. It shold be considered a secondary indication of battery and charger activity. The gel cell battery is mch like a car battery. That is, at the end of its life when called on to deliver power, it discharges very qickly withot prior warning. The best protection is to replace the battery every 3 years regardless of any test reslts. The battery is a Power Sonic PS 640, 4 AH 6 volts Yo may order a replacement battery from RACO at the address below: RACO Manfactring and Engineering Co nd Street Emeryville, CA Or from: Power Sonic, Redwood City, CA; (415) See Section 9.2, "Phone Spport Procedres," and Section 9.3, "Retrning Parts to the Factory," for more information. Verbatim Owner's Manal 8-1

82 Maintenance, Testing, and Battery Replacement 8-2 Verbatim Owner's Manal

83 Trobleshooting Tips 9 Trobleshooting Tips 9.1 What's The Problem? Unit is dead: no lights or voice. If the nit will not respond to the ON/OFF key, verify that the battery is connected. Verify that there is 120 volts AC between the WHITE and BLACK wire terminals on TS3. Verify that the fse (1/4 amp slow blow) is not blown. Unit seems OK bt will neither answer nor dial ot on phone line. This assmes that yo hear a voice report at the panel when yo press CHECK STATUS. With the NORMAL light lit, test the phone line by pressing DIAL- OUT. The PHONING light shold light and yo shold hear a dial tone. If yo do not hear a dial tone, open the door of the nit and verify that relay K1 is correctly seated in its socket, with its indentation mark facing downward. Check the phone line and its connection with a DC voltmeter and/or a separate telephone handset. Verify the presence of abot 50 volts DC between the RED and GREEN condctors on phone line terminal strip TS2. This voltage will drop to jst a few volts when the Verbatim atodialer or other connected phone device goes off hook (PHONING light lit). If yo do hear the dial tone after pressing DIALOUT, press the digits of a valid phone nmber. Yo shold hear the lod clicks of relay K1 (for plse dialing) or else the tones of tone dialing, as yo press each digit. The dial tone shold cease after yo have entered the first digit. Contine ntil yo have dialed the complete phone nmber. Yo shold now hear the sond of ringing and someone answering at the other end. End the call by pressing NORMAL. Unit answers incoming calls, and also goes into alarm when it shold and attempts to dial ot, bt does not reach dialed nmber. First, verify whether the nit is actally attempting to dial ot, as evidenced by plse dialing clicks or tone dialing sonds followed by message recital. If not, then see the separate problem below, Unit does not go into alarm when it shold. If yor nit has previosly been programmed for Atomatic Tone/Plse select (via code or 917 3) and has been left connected to a phone line for several mintes, then yo can assme that the correct dialing mode for yor phone line has already been selected. Again, refer below to "Unit does not go into alarm when it shold." Verbatim Owner's Manal 9-1

84 Trobleshooting Tips If Atomatic Tone/Plse select is programmed OFF (via code or 917 1) and yo hear the clicks or tone dialing sonds, bt the dial tone does not cease, perhaps yor phone system reqires the opposite mode of dialing (plse vs tone) from its presently set mode. Read the present mode by pressing PROGRAM ENTER. Then set the opposite by entering (to change to tone dialing), or (to change to plse dialing). Then press NORMAL and repeat the manal DIALOUT procedre as described above. Verify that yo have programmed complete phone nmbers inclding any area codes or 1 prefixes that might be reqired to complete the call. Consider whether yor phone system reqires a prefix sch as 9 to be dialed, followed by a delay period (to access an otside phone line) before dialing ot. If so, see Section 3.2, Programming Phone Nmbers. Unit dials ot, bt will not answer incoming calls. Check programmed ring delay by pressing PROGRAM ENTER. If it is set for a nmber larger than one, the Verbatim atodialer is not spposed to answer ntil the corresponding nmber of rings has been received. Try setting it back to 1 sing code ENTER. If the nit still will not answer incoming calls bt is able to dial ot, try plgging a reglar telephone into the same phone jack in place of the Verbatim atodialer and see if it rings. If the problem is not the phone line, try temporarily connecting test point C to test point D on the main circit board, for a period of abot 5 seconds and see if it answers with the PHONING light and a voice report, then call the factory for advice. Unit will not go into alarm when it shold. This is sally the reslt of incomplete nderstanding of how the Verbatim atodialer manages alarms. For the Verbatim atodialer to go into Unacknowledged Alarm and Dial Ot, a violation mst be continosly present for the Alarm Trip Delay time. At least one phone nmber mst be programmed. The nit mst not be in the DIS- ARMED state. And, the channel that has the violation mst not already be in an acknowledged alarm state, since acknowledged alarm stats for a given channel (inclding power failre) precldes frther activity on that channel ntil that stats is cleared. Refer to Section 5, Using Yor Verbatim atodialer, for a discssion of how the nit manages alarms. To clear the acknowledged alarm stats of all channels inclding power failre, starting with the NORMAL light lit, press DISARM/RE-ARM to get the flashing DISARMED indication, then press it again to re-arm the nit with all acknowledged alarm statses cleared. Now any violations lasting longer than the Alarm Trip Delay will case nacknowledged alarms and dialing. 9-2 Verbatim Owner's Manal

85 Trobleshooting Tips Unacknowledged alarm stats is indicated by the corresponding channel nmber flashing. Acknowledged alarm stats is indicated by the same light remaining on continosly withot flashing. If yo don t observe this, press PROGRAM and then press ENTER to check yor first phone nmber. Press to check the Global (overall) Alarm Trip Delay. For the specific channel ZZ (2 digits) that yo are attempting to create an alarm on, also press 6 ZZ to check for any longer Individal Alarm Trip Delay setting. Check the Normally Open/Normally Closed alarm criteria programming for this channel by pressing 5 ZZ. Make sre it is not set for No Alarm or for Rn Time Meter, since these settings wold not allow an alarm. Now, for example, if the channel is configred Normally Open, yo will want to temporarily provide a Closed Circit at its inpt to trip the alarm. Yo can directly read and verify the Open/Closed stats yo are applying by pressing 0 ZZ 0. Yo may also se a DC voltmeter to trace yor circit connections. With the Verbatim atodialer trned on, an Open Circit to a channel contact inpt reads 5 volts DC with respect to the C terminals or electrical grond. A Closed Circit reads zero volts. Unit keeps calling when it shold not. Be sre that the initial alarm call is in fact being acknowledged. The nit will specifically state alarm is acknowledged at the moment yo sccessflly acknowledge the call. The nit will accept a tone acknowledge only following the prompting warble beep. Also, be sre that the alarm violation has been corrected. Otherwise, even if the alarm is acknowledged, when the Alarm Reset period times ot, dialing will begin again. Write down exactly what the nit recites when it gives the nwanted call. This provides valable gidance as to the case and correction of the problem. Yo may need to lengthen the Alarm Trip Delay in order to minimize nisance alarms, particlarly the power failre Alarm Trip Delay (code 920). If yo hear an alarm message with the phrase now normal added at the end, it means that the violation occrred long enogh to trip the alarm bt has retrned to normal by the time yo are hearing the report. In the case of power failre, if the power has been restored by the time the message is being heard, the message will be Power is on. The fact that power is mentioned at all lets yo know that there has been a power failre lasting longer than the power failre Alarm Trip Delay. Power will contine to be mentioned in any phone call or front panel stats check, ntil the Alarm Reset time expires. Verbatim Owner's Manal 9-3

86 Trobleshooting Tips Unit is continosly "locked" in on state, or is behaving erratically. Environmental factors sch as lightning or power srges may have cased program lockp. With the nit trned on, se a screwdriver blade to momentarily connect the two pins on Jmper Block JB5 (see diagram Appendix H, p. H-26). If this does not retrn the nit to normal operation, next try jmping the 2 pins on JB3. This latter step will erase all ser programming and recorded messages, so all ser programming and messages will need to be re-entered. 9.2 Phone Spport Procedres Make sre yo have the following before yo call: l Serial #: Fond inside front panel. If yo are not at the nit, call the nit p and enter program code 968. This will give yo a nmber that or Cstomer Spport Department can reference. l Note the nit's symptoms: Exact speech pattern, what it is saying, if it is calling or not. The more specific and accrate yo are in describing the symptoms, the qicker the Cstomer Spport Department will be able to diagnose and trobleshoot the problem. In many cases, it may save a retrn to the factory. THEN call for Cstomer Spport. If the Cstomer Spport determines that the nit needs to be sent to the factory for repair, yo will be given a Retrn Materials Athorization (RMA) nmber. 9.3 Retrning Parts to Factory Pack all parts well! To avoid extra charges, retrn any removed chips card gides or daghter boards to the factory at the address below: Remember to: RACO Manfactring and Engineering Co nd Street Emeryville, CA l l l Pt retrn address on package. Inclde a packing slip. Have serial # and RMA # handy when yo call in for tracking. 9-4 Verbatim Owner's Manal

87 Verbatim Series SFP Atodialer A Verbatim Series SFP Atodialer The following is an instrction spplement for the Verbatim Series SFP atodialer. This spplement describes differences between the Verbatim Series SFP, and the Series VSS. The Series SFP is a modified Verbatim atodialer which omits the front panel keypad and some of the front panel LED indicators. The primary practical difference between the two models is that the programming for the Series SFP mst be done over the phone, whereas programming for the Series VSS may be done over the phone or at the front panel. The enclosed diagram of the front panel of the Series SFP (p. A-2) replaces the Series VSS diagram on page 2-5 of this manal. A spplemental diagram of the inside view of the front door panel (p. A-3) is also enclosed, showing the location of the ON/OFF switch. The practical differences to consider in programming and sing the Series SFP are explained below. A.1 Programming the Series SFP from a Remote Telephone All programming of the Series SFP Verbatim atodialer is done from a remote Toch Tone telephone. This method of programming the prodct is described in Section 5.7 of this manal, and it is also more briefly referred to at other places in the manal sch as Sections 4.2 and 4.3. With the Series SFP, this is the sole applicable means of programming. Therefore an advance description of over-the-phone programming follows. When yo call the Verbatim from any Toch Tone telephone, it will answer and begin reciting its message. At the end of each rond of messages, yo will hear a warble tone. If yo press a command tone 1 immediately following this tone, yo will the Verbatim atodialer will then be in Program Mode, and yo will be prompted to enter a program code. A chart listing the program codes is located in Section 6.1 of this manal. This section also incldes some gidelines for sing the program codes, and a more complete description of the programmable items is located in Section 6.2. Program code entries generally consist of three digits, which may or may not be followed by additional followp vales, before yo complete the entry by pressing the # key twice. Yo will hear a spoken confirmation of each nmerical tone digit as yo isse it. There is no spoken response to the # or * key. Verbatim Owner's Manal A-1

88 Verbatim Series SFP Atodialer Verbatim Series SFP Front Panel Diagram A-2 Verbatim Owner's Manal

89 Verbatim Series SFP Atodialer Verbatim Series SFP Inside Front Panel ON/OFF Switch Verbatim Owner's Manal A-3

90 Verbatim Series SFP Atodialer! Note: The procedre of pressing the # key twice, is to be sed in relation to all references throghot this manal to the term, ENTER. In general, if yo enter jst the three tone digits followed by # #, yo will hear the present setting or vale for that program item. If yo inclde additional vales before the # #, the new vale will replace the existing setting or vale. In either case, the voice report will provide confirmation of the pdated program setting or vale. Sometimes there is need to inclde a decimal point or a mins as part of a vale entry. Also, if yo make a mistake as yo are issing tone digits, yo will want to cancel the entry. The conventions for these fnctions are as follows: CANCEL * * ENTER # # POINT * MINUS # To end a phone call after programming, press # # withot any prior tone digit. The Verbatim atodialer will then isse a prompting warble tone which is an opportnity to re-enter a 1 if yo did not really want to end the call. It will then say, Goodbye, and end the call. Refer to Section 5.7 for a description of the other command tones that may be sed in place of the 1 for special prposes. A.2 Programming and Testing The following sections provide a seqential reference to this manal regarding the relevant differences and similarities in instrctions for the Verbatim Series SFP. A.2.1 I Resetting (Clearing) the Unit Cation: The following step erases all ser programming inclding recorded messages so normally it is done only at initial setp. A-4 Verbatim Owner's Manal

91 Verbatim Series SFP Atodialer Trn the nit on if it is not already on, via the switch at the rear of the front panel door. From a toch tone telephone, place a call to the phone nmber of the nit, and at the sond of the warble tone, isse a command tone 1 as described above. To clear the system of all programming, in program mode as described above, isse: # # As always, if yo make an error in issing tone digits, press * CANCEL and start again. A.2.2 A.2.3 A.2.4 Programming Phone Nmbers Essentially the same as Section 3.2 in this manal. Programming Inpt Channels Essentially the same as Section 3.3 in this manal. Initial Testing Temporarily place all inpt signal sorces into their alarm state, long enogh to satisfy the alarm trip delay. The nit will begin dialing the first phone nmber, perhaps before yo have managed to get all the inpts into an alarm indication state. Yo shold hear the a dial tone and then the sond of ringing, and then the sond of someone answering the call. Testing consists in verifying that the call is actally received at the first phone nmber, and that all the alarm messages are recited. Yor Verbatim Series SFP atodialer is now able to operate, having at least one dialot phone nmber programmed, and having its inpt channels configred. However, yo may wish to record yor own voice messages (Section 4) or perform special advanced programming items (Section 6) before referring to Section 5 on sing yor programmed Verbatim Atodialer. A.3 Recording Messages In Yor Own Voice Essentially the same as Section 4 in the Owner s Manal, bt following the gidelines for over-the-phone programming and recording. Verbatim Owner's Manal A-5

92 Verbatim Series SFP Atodialer A.4 Using Yor Programmed Verbatim Atodialer Section 5.7 is largely replaced by the discssion in Section 4 regarding overthe-phone programming, except for discssion of the alternative command codes 2, 3, 4, and 0. Disregard Section 5.8. A.5 Remainder of the Manal All other descriptions in this manal may be followed and applied to the SFP with no practical limitiations.! Note: The lack of front panel programming has specific impact on some minor aspects of specific programming items, as follows: CODE 910: SECURITY ACCESS CODE No Secrity Access Code may be programmed since this cold only be programmed from the front panel keyboard. When a delay between dialing digits is needed (as for pager applications), it will only be possible to insert one delay period, since this is done over the phone by pressing the # key, and if this were pressed more than once in sccession it wold be interpreted as a Cancel Entry command. Therefore to get the length of delay desired, se 928 to extend the dration of the single delay from its defalt vale of one second, to whatever vale is needed. CODE 926: EXIT DELAY FUNCTION The Exit Delay fnction is not applicable in the absence of the front panel keyboard. The Speakerphone/Dialot fnction is not applicable in the absence of the front panel keyboard. There is no Parallel Printer Otpt. A-6 Verbatim Owner's Manal

93 Verbatim Series SFP Atodialer The speaker and microphone are present. However the microphone is limited to the fnction of optionally listening in since voice recording mst be done via remote telephone. The On/Off fnction is controlled via the slide switch inside the front panel door. See diagram on page A-3. A.6 Enhanced Telephone Interface Featres The manal Section entitled, "Enhanced Telephone Interface Featres," is generally applicable except that there is no front panel indication for telephone line failre. Verbatim Owner's Manal A-7

94 Verbatim Series SFP Atodialer A-8 Verbatim Owner's Manal

95 Analog Signal Inpt B Analog Signal Inpt B.1 Analog Connections Refer to the diagram (page B-10) showing the VAN analog boards for connection of analog inpts. Be sre yo follow the indicated positive and negative polarity indications, except in the case of TS705 temperatre sensor inpts, for which positive and negative polarity does not matter. Two signal wires are reqired for each inpt. The terminal blocks can be nplgged for convenience. Becase of the space constraints, it is best to se small gage wire like telephone wire. If blkier wire is needed otside the dialer, it is best to install a terminal strip otside the dialer to make the transition from the blkier wire to the more compact wiring going into the analog inpt connection points.! Note: Take care to rote the incoming signal wires to one side of the enclosre or the other so that they do not interfere with the front panel circit board when the nit s door is closed. Also, try to rote the analog signal wires away from power wiring to minimize noise pickp. B.1.1 Programming for Analog Channels Each analog inpt will need to be programmed to specify: 1. The analog Inpt Signal Type (if other than standard 4-20 ma inpt). 2. The nmerical vale to be spoken at a corresponding minimm signal level. 3. The nmerical vale to be spoken at a corresponding maximm signal level. Items 2 and 3 amont to programming the translating scaling factors for each analog inpt. 4. In many cases yo will also want to program high and low setpoint limits for each analog inpt. 5. Yo may also elect to replace the generic defalt voice message with yor own recorded messages for any analog channel, as described in section 4. Verbatim Owner's Manal B-1

96 Analog Signal Inpt B.1.2 Assignment of Inpt Channel Nmbers The nit atomatically assigns the lowest channel nmbers to whatever nmber of contact inpt channels exist on the nit (whether or not yo are sing them) and the analog channels are assigned channel nmbers beginning with the next available nmber. For example, the first analog inpt on a nit with 24 contact inpts and 16 analog inpts wold be channel 25 and the last analog inpt wold be channel 40. Note that since the nit s maximm LED display capacity is a total of 32 channels, on sch a nit the final 8 analog channels wold not have corresponding LED stats indicators on the front panel. Frther, note that on nits with remote channels, the LED display may grop inpts into a single indicator. It is important that yo have correctly determined the channel nmber assigned for each analog inpt channel before performing the following programming steps. B.1.3 Programming the Inpt Signal Type (Yo may skip this step if yo are sing 4-20 ma inpts). The analog inpts are very flexible and can accommodate a variety of Inpt Signal Types, bt the nit needs to know which type each inpt is being sed for a given analog inpt. Note that in addition to programming the Inpt Signal Type, the physical component configrations on the VAN plg-in circit card mst match the Signal Type sed. Normally this will have been handled in the process of ordering the nit and will not reqire additional ser attention. If there is any dobt abot this, refer to the markings on the rear of the VAN circit board. If there is still any qestion, refer to the markings yo find and also yor nit s serial nmber, when contacting the factory. To program the Inpt Signal Type for inpt channel ZZ: 5 ZZ 7 N ENTER where ZZ is the two-digit channel nmber, and N is a single digit as follows: 0 for a 4-to-20 milliamp crrent loop inpt. This is the defalt setting, so if yor inpts are 4-20 milliamp crrent loops, yo may skip this step. 1 for 0 to 1 volt DC signal inpt. In the case of larger signal levels, sch as 0 to 10 volts DC, the hardware inpt circitry on the VAN card will have been factory configred to pre-scale the signal to a range within 0 to 1 volt DC, and corresponding special scaling information will be provided to fit the particlar application. B-2 Verbatim Owner's Manal

97 Analog Signal Inpt 2 for a Raco Temperatre Sensor inpt (sensor model TS705A), sed to measre temperatres from -20 to +120 degrees F. 3 for additional types of special cstom-specified signals. Smmary of Codes for Inpt Signal Type 0 (defalt) 4-20 ma crrent loop volt DC 2 Raco temperatre sensor 3 Other special inpts B.1.4 Programming the Scaling and Offset Factors This set of steps is not necessary for inpts sing a Raco Temperatre Sensor, since these vales will be atomatically inserted if the parameter 2 is selected in the above step. In the above step, accepting the defalt parameter of 0 for 4-20 milliamp inpts atomatically provides for a spoken reading of 0.0 percent for the minimm (4 ma) signal inpt vale, and percent for the maximm (20 ma) signal, ntil yo enter different factors. In most cases, yo will want to program the nit to give spoken reports in terms of the actal physical variables being monitored, sch as water level in feet, etc. In general, yo will need to determine the desired spoken nmerical vales corresponding to two widely separated (low end and high end) signal inpt vales. Often this will be available from the overall system specifications. In other cases, this will be determined (or revised) based on actal on-the-spot observations. The Verbatim Atodialer offers the niqe option of entering this scaling information based either on yor particlar system specifications (the System Specification method) or else on yor real world observations (the Real World Method). Also, scaling information which yo may have originally entered based on yor system specifications may later be easily fine tned based on real world observation. In addition, yo may wish to record yor own identifying message to replace the defalt message, as described in the message recording section of the manal. Verbatim Owner's Manal B-3

98 Analog Signal Inpt B.1.5 Additional Perspective on Scaling Factors Analog Math It may be sefl, in comprehending the process of establishing the scaling factors, to visalize a graph which relates the water level in a tank to the inpt from a 4-20 ma transdcer. To establish the relationship on sch a graph, it is necessary to define two separate points, or coordinate pairs ideally at two widely separated points on the graph. For sch a linear relationship any point on the reading (Y) may be calclated from the formla: y = mx + b Feet ma where m is the gain and b is the zero crossing point or Inpt (ma -> offset. The gain may be calclated from: m=(y2-y1)/x2-x1) where x1, y1 is one coordinate pair on the graph and x2, y2 is the other. Therefore, when yo have chosen to enter non-defalt coordinates yo are in fact setting the gain factor. This gain factor is taken along with the inpt signal type yo have chosen which will define both the gain and offset. Notice that each of the two points reqires two separate coordinate pieces of information to define: the signal level and the corresponding water level. With two sch points defined, an entire line or linear eqation is defined, so that given any new signal level, we cold se the graph to look p the corresponding water level. In operation, the Verbatim atodialer measres the signal level presented to it, and then calclates the corresponding physical vale, all based on the line or linear eqation defined by yor entry of the high end and low end scaling information whether done by the System Specification Method or the Real World Method. B-4 Verbatim Owner's Manal

99 Analog Signal Inpt Be sre that the correct Inpt Signal Type setting is entered as described above, becase changing the Signal Type setting will overwrite the programming described next. System Specification Method of Programming Scaling Factors The following for codes mst be entered to invoke scaling: For the low-end portion of the data for channel ZZ, enter the following pair of codes: 5 ZZ 1 X.XXXX ENTER where X.XXXX is the low inpt signal vale chosen, within the bonds of inpt signal type. 5 ZZ 2 YYYY.YYYY ENTER where YYYY.YYYY is the desired spoken nmerical vale Then to complete the scaling factors for this channel, enter the following pair of codes for the high-end portion of the data: 5 ZZ 3 X.XXXX ENTER or 5 ZZ 3 POINT ENTER for the high-end signal vale 5 ZZ 4 YYYY.YYYY for the high-end corresponding spoken vale! Note: For all analog vale entries yo may enter p to for digits before an optional decimal point, and p to for digits after, bt simple entries (sch as -20, 3.45, 500, 4, etc.) work as well. Alternative Real World Method of Programming Scaling Factors If the system specifications for the scaling factors are not known, or if yo wish to adjst a previos entry to reflect real-world as opposed to system specification conditions, wait ntil the inpt signal or the physical variable happens to be near the low end of the scale. Enter the following pair of codes: 5 ZZ 1 POINT ENTER Verbatim Owner's Manal B-5

100 Analog Signal Inpt which will atomatically accept the present moment signal vale as the low inpt signal vale, rather than having to enter the vale shown as X.XXXX above. Then, enter: 5 ZZ 2 YYYY.YYYY ENTER where YYYY.YYYY is the corresponding low-end physical vale which yo observe in real-world terms. At another time, when the signal or physical variable is toward the high end of the scale, enter the following pair of codes: 5 ZZ 3 POINT ENTER which accepts the present signal level as corresponding to the high-end physical vale which yo enter as: 5 ZZ 4 YYYY.YYYY ENTER Example: It may already be known from yor system s specification that for channel 6, a low-end signal of 4 milliamps corresponds to a desired spoken vale of 34.5 feet of tank water level. In sch a case, yo wold se the System Specifications Method to enter: for 4 milliamps ENTER for a spoken reading of ENTER for 20 milliamps ENTER for a spoken reading of ENTER Then, sppose with the system in operation, yo observe that the tank level is 31.7 feet, bt the Verbatim reports a vale of feet. The discrepancy will most likely be de to a discrepancy of the sensor s actal otpt verss the theoretical system specification. Regardless, to correct for it, keeping in mind that the signal is presently near the high end of the scale, yo wold se the Real-World Method, entering: To reference the present signal level POINT ENTER To recalibrate 31.7 as the corresponding spoken vale ENTER B-6 Verbatim Owner's Manal

101 Analog Signal Inpt Contine the example, there might also be a discrepancy toward the low end of the scale. Sppose on another day yo observe a tank level of 22.5 feet bt the Verbatim report 2293 feet. Since this signal is at the low end of the range, yo wold enter: and POINT ENTER ENTER! Note: These Real-World Method adjstments did not reqire yo to measre any actal signal levels! From that time on, assming that the sensor maintains its calibration and has a linear otpt, the spoken vale shold track the actal vale very closely. The Verbatim itself is mch more accrate and consistent than almost any sensor available to connect to it. Note that the signal does not need to be exactly at the end of its range (e.g. 4 ma or 20 ma) for these programming steps. However, in general the wider the spread between the signal levels sed, the better informed the Verbatim will be to reflect the actal relationship between the sensor s otpt and the real vale being measred.! Note: While the nit reports with very high accracy and resoltion, yo do not need to enter yor programming vale to the same high degree of accracy nless yo choose to. For TS705 Temperatre Sensor Inpts Selecting signal type 2 (TS705 sensor) will atomatically load scaling factors as describe earlier. However, these atomatically loaded scaling factors are not adjstable. If yo want to be able to do Real World calibration adjstments for temperatre sensor inpts, then instead of selecting sensor type 2, select sensor type 1 (0-1 VDC inpt) and enter scaling factors as follows: 5 ZZ 7 1 ENTER (Selects signal type 1) 5 ZZ ENTER 5 ZZ ENTER 5 ZZ ENTER 5 ZZ ENTER Verbatim Owner's Manal B-7

102 Analog Signal Inpt This gives the same scaling factors as wold otherwise atomatically reslt from selecting signal type 2, bt it allows for sbseqent adjstments sing the Real-World adjstment method. B.1.6 Programming High and Low Analog Setpoints Yo shold first enter the gain, offset and scaling factor programming described above before entering setpoints. Later, if yo adjst the factors as described above, yo may also need to adjst the setpoints correspondingly. Changing setpoint vales after scaling is set cold case changes in the scaling vales. To program a low limit setpoint for channel ZZ, se code: 5 ZZ 5 X.XX ENTER! Note: X.XX is the desired setpoint in terms of spoken nits, rather than in terms of the signal vale. Yo do not need to enter all for possible leading and trailing digits. Simple entries like 7 and 3.68 work as well. To program a high limit setpoint for channel ZZ, se code: 5 ZZ 6 X.XX ENTER Thereafter, whenever the measred vale exceeds the setpoint for a continos period exceeding the alarm trip delay, the nit will go into nacknowledged alarm and begin dialing to report the specific violation, also reporting the crrent measred vale. As with contact inpts, if the inpt is no longer in violation at the moment of the report, the phrase Now Normal will be appended to that channel's report. To check an existing setpoint vale, se the above codes bt omit the vale (X.XX). To trn off (completely disable) an nsed analog channel so that it will not be inclded in stats report, enter code: 5 ZZ 0 ENTER where ZZ is the 2-digit channel nmber. To trn the channel on again, yo mst enter some high or low setpoint vale for that channel. To trn off (disable) a high or low analog setpoint, while still leaving the channel able to report readings, enter a setpoint vale of -0 for that particlar setpoint. If yo try to enter a setpoint vale otside a wide signal range, the Verbatim will say Error in nmber. B-8 Verbatim Owner's Manal

103 Analog Signal Inpt! Note The scanning time reqired by the nit to check all analog readings against established setpoints increases with the nmber analog channels. With 16 channels, the time can total on the order of one second, and this imposes a limit on how fast the nit can detect analog setpoint violations. Normally, this will not be noticed nless yo set Alarm Trip Delays of less than two seconds, and there is no effect on the trip delay for contact channels in any case. Refer to the following section for recording the corresponding voice messages other than the spoken nmerical vales. B.1.7 Smmary of Analog Programming Codes Code Description Signal Type: 5 ZZ 7 N Select inpt signal type. 0 is defalt for 4-20 ma Scaling: 5 ZZ 1 X.XX or POINT Low end signal vale 5 ZZ 2 YYYY.YYYY Corresponding low end spoken vale 5 ZZ 3 X.XX or POINT High end signal vale 5 ZZ 4 YYYY.YYYY Corresponding high end spoken vale Setpoints: 5 ZZ 5 X.XX Low alarm limit setpoint 5 ZZ 6 X.XX High alarm limit setpoint 5 ZZ 5(6) -0 Disable low (high) setpoint Disable Channel: 5 ZZ 0 Trn off (disable) channel ZZ B.1.8 Recording Speech Messages for Analog Channels This information spplements the basic information in the manal on recording speech messages. Refer to that information before attempting to record any speech messages. For analog inpt channels, the defalt message is The present channel N reading is... For any analog inpts, in place of the defalt messages yo may plan to record a preamble message of the general form The total water flow in gallons is or the main tank water level in feet is. Use program code 1 ZZ to record the analog preamble message. Verbatim Owner's Manal B-9

104 Analog Signal Inpt B-10 Verbatim Owner's Manal

105 B a B Analog Signal Inpt If Analog Inpts Do Not Work Correctly Recheck programming settings, especially the Inpt Signal Type setting. Verify that the polarity of yor inpt connections is correct. In the case of 4-20 ma inpt, does the spoken vale always reflect a 0 ma signal level? If so, the problem is presmably with the connection or the signal sorce. Use a DC meter to verify that both sides of the offending inpt are within 10 VDC of grond. A 4-20 ma crrent loop inpt shold give a meter reading of abot.07 volt per milliamp of crrent as measred across the two signal inpt terminals. Are other instrments inclded in the same crrent loop? If they read correctly, temporarily disconnect the inpt to the Verbatim Atodialer. This shold throw the readings of the instrments off scale. If there is no sch effect, yor wiring is not inclding the Verbatim atodialer in the loop. Verify that the type of signal sorce agrees with the physical configration on the VAN card according to the marking on the back of the card. Trobleshooting Analog Gronding Problems for Verbatim Analog The most common analog signal type in se in the Verbatim marketplace is crrent loops, wherein the signal is a controlled DC crrent ranging from 4 to 20 milliamperes. The loop consists of a crrent transmitter (consisting of a transdcer and a spporting power spply which may or may not be packaged into one nit), and one or more receiving devices which measre and respond to the crrent signal they detect on the loop. The power spply voltage is typically 24 volts DC. The terms "transdcer" and "transmitter" are sed interchangeably. The transmitter's job is to ensre that the crrent level accrately reflects the physical parameter which the transdcer is measring (typically a pressre or liqid level), regardless of what impedance it sees in the loop. In order to do this, it presents whatever voltage across its terminals is needed to achieve the correct crrent flow. This voltage mst be great enogh to accommodate the total resistance in the loop. The typical resistance contribtion presented by each receiving device is 250 ohms. However, the DC resistance presented by the Verbatim analog inpts is arond 70 ohms (49.9 ohm precision resistor pls two 10 ohm srge standoff resistors). In theory, all elements in the loop are isolated from any connection to electrical grond. This is intended to eliminate concerns abot errors in the signal cased by conflicting grond or other conflicting connections. Verbatim Owner's Manal B-11

106 Analog Signal Inpt In practice it is not nsal to have some element of the loop in fact tied to grond or to some other voltage sorce away from grond -- or if not directly tied, at least limited in its ability to depart from the grond or other voltage. As long as only one element in the loop is so committed, there is no problem since the other elements can freely accommodate as needed. The Verbatim has its own limitations in this respect. It can only accommodate a departre from grond voltage potential, of 8 volts nominal, before its protective tranzorbs begin to condct and clamp the signal. Sch clamping when in direct conflict with some other voltage commitment in the loop, will not only case incorrect readings by the Verbatim, bt also case the other elements in the loop to read and respond incorrectly. This ability to accommodate departres of both sides (positive and negative) or the analog signal inpt, is called the common mode inpt voltage range. A trly isolated inpt wold have as mch common mode inpt voltage range as the voltage limitation of the isolation, typically over 1,000 volts. The reason we do not provide isolated inpts is becase it is blky, and expensive to achieve accrate translation across the isolation barrier. Also, these days there has been a large shift to transformer and capacitive copling schemes to achieve DC isolation, bt these provide almost zero protection against the fast rise time transients indced by lightning. So, we need to be able to trobleshoot when a cstomer places one of or analog inpts into a crrent loop where there is another conflicting voltage commitment. When this problem occrs, the cstomer will typically report that his loop works bt is thrown off when or analog inpt is placed in the loop. Sometimes the distrbance takes the form of not jst altering the DC crrent bt casing parasitic oscillations in the loop. It may not be easily discernible whether the distrbance is or is not taking the form of a parasitic oscillation. Regardless, temporarily ngronding the dialer or nplgging the analog card, will sally eliminate the distrbance. The procedre for trobleshooting and correction of this problem is generally as follows: First we need to find ot as mch as we can abot any preexisting, conflicting voltage commitments. To do this, have the cstomer nplg the card or ngrond the dialer so that the loop is not distrbed, and then se a voltmeter to check both the AC and the DC voltage readings at each node arond the loop, with respect to electrical grond. We hope there is not mch AC signal present. If there is a strong enogh AC component on top of the DC voltages, there will be distrbance to the extent that the peak level in the AC waveform exceeds the common mode inpt limitation of or analog inpt. In sch a case the case of the AC component of the signal needs to be fond and eliminated, if the following procedre does not lead to a good reslt. B-12 Verbatim Owner's Manal

107 Analog Signal Inpt However, it is possible and even likely, that an observed AC signal is merely a "softly" indced hm that holds no sway when it meets any clamping introdced by or analog inpt. With this in mind, it may be best to defer even taking AC reading ntil after the DC oriented methods have proven nsccessfl. With the main focs being the DC voltage readings, we are looking at some point on the loop that is mch less than eight volts DC away from grond, and that is where the Verbatim inpt shold be relocated in the loop. Chances are good that the Verbatim had previosly been placed at a point on the loop well away from grond potential and that the relocation will end the problem. An added step that may be sefl in addition to the two sets of voltage readings (AC and DC), especially if the voltage readings seem to be erratic, is to have the cstomer se a jmper wire to temporarily connect some candidate point in the loop to electrical grond, and observe whether the loop is distrbed by this temporary gronding. If it is not, that is a good place to locate or inpt in the loop. In fact, this approach can be sed withot taking voltage readings at all. Bt if it does not work, then we do want the voltage readings in order to best nderstand what is going on. Occasionally, something in the loop will case there to be no available point in the loop that is close to grond potential. In sch cases, if this cannot be changed, then the cstomer will need to install an optical isolator between the loop and or inpts. The cstomer may be referred to: Action Instrments, San Diego, CA, (619) Isolators cost $300 per loop. Verbatim Owner's Manal B-13

108 Analog Signal Inpt B-14 Verbatim Owner's Manal

109 Remote Spervisory Control Otpt C Remote Spervisory Control Otpt C.1 Remote Spervisory Control (VRSC) Otpt Installation and Operation Instrctions a This option allows yo to trn connected eqipment on and off from any remote Toch Tone telephone, or from an non-toch Tone telephone with the se of a portable tone generator. Option VRSC-4 provides 4 otpts, VRSC-8 provides 8 otpts. The nit s voice gides and confirms yor operations. Advanced featres sch as programmable length momentary activations are inclded. Control operations may also be performed from the nit s keyboard. Connections are normally made by means of optically isolated solid state relays hosed in a separate Otpt Relay Enclosre which reqires its own 120 VAC power connection. In some sitations, the ser may choose to make connections directly to the transition otpts within the main nit. If yor nit was not originally eqipped with this option, refer to the separate instrctions for adding this option. C.1.1 Monting and Wiring Connections for Remote Spervisor Control If yo are sing the separate Otpt Relay Enclosre normally spplied with this option, mont the enclosre within 3 feet of the Verbatim Atodialer, and make yor otpt connections to the left hand row of terminal strip points within the separate enclosre, as shown in the diagram of the VRSC Otpt Relay Enclosre. Be sre that the correct type of plg-in Opto 22 relays are in place. The available types are: Type OAC5 OAC5A OAC5A5 ODC5 ODC5A ORR 5 Vale 12 to 140 VAC, 2 amps 24 to 280 VAC, 2 amps 120/240 volt AC, Normally Closed 5 to 60 VDC, 2 amps 5 to 200 VDC, 2 amps Reed relay dry contact otpt Verbatim Owner's Manal C-1

110 Remote Spervisory Control Otpt RSC Spervisory Remote Control Otpt Box Diagram a C-2 Verbatim Owner's Manal

111 Remote Spervisory Control Otpt Unless ordered otherwise, type OAC5 is normally provided from the factory. Connect 120 VAC power as shown on this same diagram. Rote modlar Cable A throgh one of the entrance holes on the bottom of the Verbatim Atodialer, and plg it into J301 (the right-hand jack on the VCP circit card, see diagram). The 8-otpt VRSC-8 option also incldes a second modlar Cable B, connect this to the adjacent jack J302 on the VCP circit card. Avoid roting these cables alongside power wiring and rote them so that the front panel circit board does not pinch them when the door is closed. C.1.2 Optional Direct Connection Withot Use of Otpt Relay Enclosre The otpts on the VCP circit card are NPN transistor open collectors capable of switching p to 12 volts DC at p to 500 ma, and ths these otpts may in some cases be connected directly to logic inpts of logic controllers, etc, althogh external pllp resistors may be reqired. Conslt Raco for details. The color codes for VRSC cables A and B are: Cable Cable A Common Retrn Otpt # 1 Otpt # 2 Otpt # 3 Otpt # 4 Cable B Otpt # 5 Otpt # 6 Otpt # 7 Otpt # 8 Color Code Black Red Green Yellow Ble Red Green Ble Yellow C.1.3 Remote Spervisory Control Operation To check the on/off stats of otpt # N, se program code 9 5 N ENTER where N is a 2 DIGIT otpt nmber (e.g. 01 for otpt # 1). To trn otpt # N ON, se program code 9 5 N 1 ENTER To trn otpt # N OFF, se program code 9 5 N 0 ENTER Verbatim Owner's Manal C-3

112 Remote Spervisory Control Otpt To trn otpt # N on for a specific nmber of seconds, se code 9 5 N 2 XXXXX ENTER where XXXXX is the desired nmber of seconds, from 1 to To trn otpt # N off for a specific nmber of seconds, se code 9 5 N 3 XXXXX ENTER where XXXXX is the desired nmber of seconds, from 1 to To establish a defalt plse time dration in seconds for a given otpt N (2 digits), se code 9 5 N 9 XXXXX ENTER where XXXXX is 1 to seconds. Alternatively, to establish a defalt plse time dration in mintes, for individal otpt N (2 digits), se code 9 5 N 8 XXXX ENTER where XXXX is 1 to 1666 mintes. Then yo may se code 9 5 N 2 (or 3) withot need to enter the digits. The nit will se the pre-stored vale for that otpt s plse length. or To hear a report of the on/off stats of ALL otpts in one operation, se program code ENTER To trn ALL otpts OFF in one operation, se code ENTER To trn ALL otpts ON in one operation, se code ENTER To establish a defalt plse time dration for ALL otpts in one operation, se code XXXX (XXXX = 1 to 1666 mintes) XXXXX (XXXXX = 1 to seconds) C-4 Verbatim Owner's Manal

113 Remote Spervisory Control Otpt M Warning: Becase the devices nder control wold not normally be operational dring AC power failres, the Otpt Relay Enclosre does not inclde battery backp for the otpt relays dring AC power failres. Upon restoration of AC power, the otpts will retrn to the state dictated by the Verbatim Atodialer. When the Verbatim Atodialer itself is first trned on, and at certain other times when a microprocessor reset occrs, all the otpts will be trned ON for a fraction of a second, before assming the state dictated by the Verbatim Atodialer. In some installations this cold case problems, and in sch cases external time delay relays or other measres may be reqired to prevent nwanted momentary activation of controlled devices. MM are the mintes (09 for 9 mintes) SS are the seconds. Entry of SS is optional. To clear the time and date back to 00:00:00 on 01/01/ ENTER Verbatim Owner's Manal C-5

114 Remote Spervisory Control Otpt C-6 Verbatim Owner's Manal

115 Printer Options D Printer Options D.1 Local Data Logger (Local Printer) Option If yor nit was not originally eqipped with this option, refer to the separate instrctions for installing this option. (See Section 2.3 for LDL parrallel). The local printer will atomatically print ot each activity that occrs: alarms, acknowledgments, programming entries, inqiry calls, etc.. A time and date stamp will be inclded with each report. The local printer may be either serial or parallel as discssed below. D.1.1 D.1.2 Serial Printer Interface l If yor printer was obtained throgh Raco, it will have been properly configred and tested at the factory... l If it was prchased independently, refer to the printer s instrction manal to configre it for 9600 bad, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, and no parity. l Improper configration settings will reslt in garbage being printed, or possibly no printing at all. l The printer mst have a serial inpt. l Printers not specified by or prchased throgh Raco are not garanteed to be compatible for this application. l Connect the DB-25 connector end of a Raco SER-01 cable (the specific type reqired will depend pon the printer type) to the inpt connector on the back of the printer. l Rote the small modlar plg end of this same cable throgh one of the holes at the bottom of the Verbatim Atodialer, and plg it into modlar jack J303 located near the left side of the Verbatim Atodialer, on the vertical VCP circit card. l Avoid roting this cable alongside power wiring, and rote it so that the front panel circit board does not pinch it when the door is closed. Parallel Printer Interface Some newer models of the VSS Series atodialer have a standard Parallel Printer Interface. This interface is accessed via the parallel printer port located on the inside of the nit front panel door. This printer port is already activated. (See Section F.3) Verbatim Owner's Manal D-1

116 Printer Options I To activate this port, attach a RACO VPPC-1 Parallel Printer Cable (or eqivalent) to the front panel port and to the parallel port on yor printer. Cation: Attach the parallel printer cable to the VSS front panel port with the red striped edge on the right side. If yo connect any other way, yo may damage the parallel connection on yor printer. D.1.3 Time and Date Setting Time and date may be set or corrected with the following programming code entries: To check the date 941 ENTER To set the date 941 MM DD YY D ENTER where: MM is the month (03 for March) DD is the date (07 for the 7th day of the month) YY is the year (89 for 1989) D is the day of the week (1 for Snday, 2 for Monday, etc.). Entry of D is optional. To check the time 942 ENTER To set the time 942 HH MM SS ENTER where: HH are the hors in military time (13 for 1 PM) MM are the mintes (09 for 9 mintes) SS are the seconds. Entry of SS is optional. To clear the time and date back to 00:00:00 on 01/01/ ENTER D.1.4 Printot at Reglar Intervals The nit may also be programmed to atomatically log (printot) all inpt conditions at reglar intervals, by entering code: D-2 Verbatim Owner's Manal

117 Printer Options 943 XXX.X ENTER XXX.X is the desired printing interval in hors, from 0.1 to The first sch printot will occr when the period elapses, rather than immediately pon programming. To check programmed printing interval 943 ENTER To trn off reglar interval printing fnction ENTER To printot All User-Entered Programming 944 ENTER Verbatim Owner's Manal D-3

118 Printer Options D-4 Verbatim Owner's Manal

119 Data Acqisition/Central Data Logging E Data Acqisition/Central Data Logging The following section describes commands sed to configre featres of the Data Acqisition/Central Data Logging options. The software is called SCADA. E.1 Retrn To Normal (RTN) Calling Yo may program the nit to place calls pon an inpt retrning to its normal state. This applies only to channels which have become acknowledged alarms. Retrn to Normal (RTN) calls may be placed to people, to a SCADA Central Station or to a Central Data Logger (CDL) printer. There are three modes of calling for RTN calls: Mode 0 = Data only Mode 1 = Voice only Mode 2 = Data and Voice Retrn-to-normal (RTN) calls on nits NOT configred for SCADA or CDL will always be mode 1, Voice only. RTN calls on SCADA or CDL configred nits may be mode 0, mode 1 or mode 2. If mode 1 is set on SCADA/CDL nits then data calls to the SCADA Central Compter or CDL printer will be skipped. (See Appendix K for a discssion of the Retrn-to-Normal modes of operation.) To program Retrn to Normal Calls, press: 981 V Where V is one of the following: l 0 = OFF - No retrn-to-normal calls will be made (Defalt is OFF) l 1 = ON - Retrn-to-normal calls will be made for channels in the ALARM, ACKNOWLEDGED state whose inpt retrns to normal (non-violation). l 2 = sed to manally reset all retrn to normal channel stats - does not affect the retrn-to-normal calling ON/OFF state above or the calling modes below. l 3 = Sets retrn-to-normal mode to mode 0 - makes retrn to normal calls only in data mode to the SCADA Central Compter or to Central Data Logger Printer Entering this parameter does not affect the RTN ON/OFF state. Verbatim Owner's Manal E-1

120 Data Acqisition/Central Data Logging l l 4 = Sets retrn-to-normal mode to mode 1 - makes retrn to normal calls only in voice mode (NO data calls to the SCADA Central Compter or Central Data Logger Printer. Entering this parameter does not affect the RTN ON/OFF state. 5 = Sets retrn-to-normal mode to mode 2 - makes both data and voice calls pon retrn to normal. Entering this parameter does not affect the RTN ON/OFF state. E.2 Qick Intercall Delay & SCADA Units Connected to Celllar Phones This section discsses two different bt sometimes interrelating topics regarding SCADA configred atodialer/rtu nits. One topic is the different ways in which the intercall delay operates in SCADA nits. The other is the ability to interface SCADA nits over celllar phones. Units configred for SCADA operation may place and receive calls via celllar telephones instead of standard dial-p telephone lines. If prchased from RACO, the combination of atodialer/rtu, dial-p adaptor and celllar transceiver is called the CELLULARM tm package. v CELLULARM tm atodialers/rtus may be sed in cases where land lines are not available bt celllar service is available in a particlar area. CELLULARM tm nits fnction nearly identically to land line based dial-p interfaced nits. Exceptions The intercall delay (time between calls) fnctions somewhat differently on SCADA nits than on non-scada nits. On SCADA nits a shortened intercall delay takes effect nder certain circmstances. These circmstances are: 1) There is a fixed, non-adjstable intercall delay of 35 seconds between: a) mltiple attempts at data calls to the SCADA Central Compter. b) the last personnel (voice) nmber and "wrapping arond" to the data nmber again. 2) The is also a special adjstable qick intercall delay taken only between the progression from data calls to the first personnel (voice) call. The qick intercall delay is set to 35 seconds by defalt. The sal intercall delay taken between between one personnel nmber and the next personnel nmber is 2.0 mintes by defalt. E-2 Verbatim Owner's Manal

121 Data Acqisition/Central Data Logging The prpose of the qick intercall delay is for more expedient in transitioning from data calls to voice calls. However, in certain cases the qick intercall delay may actally interfere with attempts to call the atodialer/rtu for acknowledgement. This is especially tre for celllar interfaced nits. Celllar phone calls often take sbstantially more time to connect to the called party. Therefore, on celllar interfaced nits yo may need to lengthen the qick intercall delay to allow a longer time "window" for acknowledgement calls from the SCADA Central Compter. To set the qick intercall time, press: 919 V Where V is 35 to 999 secs. Defalt is 60 secs.! Note: Available ONLY on nits with firmware revision between V1.36 to V1.99. Applies only when the atodialer/rtu is advancing to the first voice nmber. Does NOT apply to data call retries, calls between sccessive voice nmbers or wrap-arond from last voice nmber to data calls again. E.3 Acknowledgment Calls To The SCADA Central Station Units configred for SCADA operation may be programmed to make calls to the SCADA Central Compter to report alarms which were acknowledged by personnel. Alarm Acknowledgement which occrs dring calls to personnel or when personnel call the nit will prompt a seqence of Acknowledgement calls made to the SCADA Central Compter. The prpose of Acknowledement calls is simply to log the event of alarms being acknowledged by personnel. To program the nit for Acknowledgement Calls, press: 982 V Where V is one of the following: l 0= OFF - (Defalt) l 1= ON - Make Acknowledgment calls l 2= resets all alarm acknowledgement call stats - inhibits all frther attempts for this alarm acknowledgement occrence. Verbatim Owner's Manal E-3

122 Data Acqisition/Central Data Logging E.4 Modem Atomatic Speed Select for SCADA nits v Atomatic speed selection of 1200 bad or 300 bad may be programmed ON or OFF. When programmed ON, the nit will attempt to make data calls at 1200 bad first. If 1200 bad cannot be atomatically negotiated with the SCADA Central Compter's modem, fallback to 300 bad will occr. When programmed OFF, the modem speed will be determined by the 984 command (below). Exception In some cases, 1200 bad may not provide reliable data commnications de to phone line noise, etc. If necessary, se this command to force the nit's modem to se one specific speed only. To program the Atomatic Speed Selection, press: 983 N Where N is 1 (ON) or 0 (OFF) Defalt is 1! Note: This command is not applicable to Central Data Logger nits. E.5 Modem High Speed or Low Speed Selection When the nit is programmed with Atomatic Speed Select OFF se this command to fix the modem speed at either 1200 or 300 bad. To program the (non-atomatically selected) Modem Speed, press: 984 N Where N is 1 (1200) or 0 (300)! Note: When Atomatic Speed Select is set to ON (command 983) this command has no effect on modem speed. E-4 Verbatim Owner's Manal

123 Data Acqisition/Central Data Logging E.6 Nmber of Data Call Attempts Before Tripping a Commnications Alarm The atodialer can make mltiple attempts to commnicate in data mode to the SCADA Central Compter or to the Central Data Logger (CDL) printer. When all attempts to establish data commnications have failed a Commnications Failre Alarm will be tripped. If the nit is able to make voice calls (i.e. more than jst the 1st phone nmber programmed) the Commnications Alarm will be annonced to personnel along with the sal alarm and stats report messages. When a calling seqence is ended, for example by alarms getting acknowledged, the Commnications Alarm is cleared. If the Commnications Alarm persists and sccessfl data commnications to the SCADA Compter or CDL printer is eventally established a Commnications Alarm message will be logged and/or printed. After a Commnications Alarm is logged and/or printed it will be cleared. To set the nmber of attempts before tripping a Commnications Failre Alarm, press: 985 N Where N is 1 to 10 Defalt is 3! Note: If Atomatic Speed Select is set ON the nit will actally make twice the programmed nmber of attempts before tripping a Commnications Alarm; N attempts at 1200 bad and N attempts at 300 bad. E.7 Answer Mode - VOICE ONLY or DATA-TO-VOICE Most calls made to an atodialer/rtu will be polling calls from the SCADA Central Compter. By defalt the atodialer/rtu will be expecting a data call and answer with a modem answer tone. This is called DATA-to-VOICE answer mode. Personnel wishing to call an atodialer/rtu to get voice reports can jst wait throgh the modem answer tone for a few seconds for the nit to fall back to voice mode and begin speaking. The atodialer/rtu may also be programmed for VOICE ONLY answer mode. In VOICE ONLY mode the nit will never answer with a modem answer tone and voice annnciation will begin immediately pon answering. Verbatim Owner's Manal E-5

124 Data Acqisition/Central Data Logging Programming an atodialer/rtu for VOICE ONLY defeats polling calls from the SCADA Central Compter since the nit will only answer by voice and not assert a modem answer tone. However, VOICE ONLY answer mode does not affect data calls made FROM the RTU to the SCADA Central Compter or CDL Printer. If yor SCADA Central Compter is not operational yo may wish to program the answer mode to VOICE ONLY. Cstomers who prchase the SCADA option for their atodialer/rtus in advance of installing their SCADA Central Compter shold se this programming command to make the nit fnction as a non-scada networked atodialer. In addition to programming the answer mode to VOICE ONLY make sre there is no 1st phone nmber programmed. (The 1st phone nmber does data only calls to the SCADA Compter.) To program the Answer Mode, press: 986 N Where N is 0 (defalt) for DATA-to-VOICE or 1 for VOICE ONLY! Note: Does not apply to Central Data Logger (CDL) nits. CDL nits never receive polling calls and always answer in VOICE ONLY mode. The 1st phone nmber mst be programmed to call the CDL printer. E.8 DATA/VOICE Atocall Calls for SCADA & Central Data Logger v Atocall calls may fnction sbstantially the same in SCADA and Central Data Logger (CDL) nits as in standard, non-scada nits. However, different operating modes of Atocall may be programmed in addition to the sal Atocall fnctionality. Exceptions: l Atocall calls may be restricted to only calling the SCADA Central Compter or CDL printer. Also, Atocall calls may be restricted to calling jst the personnel nmbers programmed into the nit (i.e. no calls to SCADA Compter of CDL printer). And finally, Atocalls may call both personnel nmbers and SCADA Compter or CDL printer nmbers. l Atocall calls made to the SCADA Central Compter or CDL printer reslt in logging and printing of the Atocall session. No acknowledgement is reqired or is possible. l Atocalls calls made to personnel nmbers will be standard voice annnciation sessions. E-6 Verbatim Owner's Manal

125 Data Acqisition/Central Data Logging To program the DATA/VOICE Atocall mode, press: 987 N Where N is 0 to 2 l 0 = (defalt) Atocall Calls made to SCADA Central Station only l 1 = Atocall Calls made to personnel nmbers only l 2 = atocall Calls made to all nmbers Verbatim Owner's Manal E-7

126 Data Acqisition/Central Data Logging E-8 Verbatim Owner's Manal

127 MODBUS Interface F MODBUS Interface This section covers the PLC specific fnctions of the Verbatim atodialer. It is assmed the reader is already familiar with the basic operation of the Verbatim atodialer. If this is not the case, please take the time now to review the previos sections of this manal. In the discssion that follows, there are many technical terms specific to PLC operation which may be nfamiliar to those not experienced with PLCs. Please refer to the Glossary section for definition of these terms. F.1 Overview The Verbatim atodialer allows direct connection to Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs) via a serial interface or other network connection. No direct connections from PLC otpt points to the Verbatim inpt points are reqired in order to monitor or annnciate for the PLC. Also, in most cases, no changes in the PLC s ladder logic program are reqired. In addition, the atodialer allows connection to any non-plc eqipment compatible with spported PLC network protocols. An example of this application is a SCADA or DCS system rnning software configred with a PLC network protocol driver modle. The atodialer does not care if the devices are a real PLC network or a compter mimicking a PLC network. However, master/slave protocols will reqire the atodialer to assme the role of master. The Verbatim atodialer may read or write any data register within the PLC network. The data registers accessed by the atodialer may be in a single PLC or may be arbitrarily spread over a nmber of PLCs on the network. Obviosly, the nmber of data table locations in even a single PLC may nmber into the thosands. To relieve the ser of having to deal with a hge nmber of precisely notated data table addresses, the atodialer ses the artifice of Remote Channels (RCs). Simply stated, RCs are nothing more than a kind of speed-dial nmber like yo might set p on yor telephone. Once the fll nmber seqence has been entered into memory, a shorter seqence of nmbers may be sed as an abbreviation for the long seqence stored in memory. Throgh the Verbatim atodialer, the ser associates the address of a PLC data register to a RC. Thereafter, the RC becomes a shorthand designation for that data register s address. Any register, whether digital, analog, or other miscellaneos type, may be associated with an RC. Verbatim Owner's Manal F-1

128 MODBUS Interface Data registers may actally be spread over a network of PLCs. The atodialer does not care if RC #2 is associated with a data register in a different PLC from the data register associated with RC #1. Therefore, when programming the atodialer to associate a PLC data register with a RC, the node nmber of the PLC may be inclded in the description for the location of the data register. Additionally, the amont of User Recorded Speech Memory is increased appropriately for each Remote Channel configration. These different qantities of memory yield total message recording times consistent with each of the available RC configration options. F.2 General Operation This section describes configring the Verbatim atodialer to continosly monitor any data register on the PLC network. Additionally, nder ser command, the atodialer may read and write to any PLC data register. The atodialer will only perform these fnctions after it has been properly installed, connected to the PLC network, and programmed. F.2.1 Associating a Remote Channel with a PLC Data Register In order for the Verbatim atodialer to read, write or continosly monitor a PLC data register the address of the data register mst be associated with a Remote Channel (RC). After a data register address has been associated with a RC the Verbatim atodialer then knows where to direct qeries for the contents of a data register on the PLC network. The data register s complete address description is called the net address. See section F.4.2 for information abot net address formats. Once a data register s net address has been associated with a RC, the alarm criteria may then be programmed. Only after an alarm criteria is entered will the PLC data register be scanned continosly by the Verbatim atodialer. When the content of the data register changes to match the alarm criteria, the RC associated with the data register goes into the alarm state. RCs in the alarm state behave in exactly the same way as Verbatim atodialer internal or physical channels. The Verbatim atodialer may be called at any time to receive an annnciation of the stats of channels monitored. PLC registers associated to RCs may be read and written over-the-phone. Additionally, programming activities may be performed via the bttons on the ser s phone. F-2 Verbatim Owner's Manal

129 MODBUS Interface When an operator calls the atodialer, the stats of RCs will be reported and the ser may reprogram parameters of RCs over-the-phone. When accessing the atodialer over-the-phone, all ser fnctions that cold reslt in the alteration of ANY data register can be made sbject to correct entry of an access code. Alarm criteria, trip delays and alarm call gropings are established in a fashion similar to normal physical channels. RCs associated with PLC discrete data registers spport the normally open or closed criteria. RCs associated with PLC analog or integer data registers spport high and low set points. Associating a net address to a RC implicitly establishes the channel as digital or analog. For RCs, the defalt alarm criteria for both digital and analog channels is disarmed. Attempts to set analog criteria on digital channels, and vice versa will case an error annoncement. If the net address for an RC already configred is re-programmed so that the type (analog or discrete) of data changes, the criteria will atomatically be set to no alarm. There is no rntime or totalizer capability for any of the RCs. At the front panel, the LED channel stats display shows all Remote and Physical Channels. Since the cont of total Physical and Remote channels is greater than the sal 32 stats LEDs, channels are combined into grops so that the stats of all channels may be observed. F.3 Connecting to the PLC Network In most cases, the cable spplied by RACO will already be connected at the Verbatim atodialer end to a modlar jack inside the nit. If this is not the case, please refer to the drawings in appendix H.! Note: Refer to the cable drawings in the appendices to identify yor type of PLC network connection. Verbatim Owner's Manal F-3

130 MODBUS Interface Electrical Connection Diagram for PLC Network Connection F-4 Verbatim Owner's Manal

131 MODBUS Interface F.3.1 Before Calling Technical Service Assistance Programmable Logic Controllers have been sed for several decades for process control applications. There is a large body of knowledge germane to sing PLCs. RACO assmes that the ser needing to monitor a PLC network with the Verbatim atodialer is already familiar with the PLCs being sed for the application. It may also be assmed that the ser has access to a PLC expert to help accrately identify the addresses of a PLC data register. Before conslting the RACO Cstomer Service Department or yor local RACO Representative for assistance in installation and configration, please insre that the PLC details described in the next paragraph are readily available. The ser mst have access to the PLC ladder logic program listing and know the location and properties of all data table locations which will be monitored by the Verbatim atodialer. Also the ser mst be able to determine the basic operating parameters of the PLC commnications channel. This means being able to configre the PLC s parameters sch as the node address, bad rate, data bits, parity and stop bits. Setting these parameters at the PLC may reqire the se of a PLC Hand Held Terminal, or a Personal Compter rnning PLC programming software available from the PLC s manfactrer. The MODBUS commnications protocol is a Verbatim atodialer firmware option and mst have been properly configred at the factory. Parameters concerning link, frame and packet-level interfaces are configrable in the field. F.4 Programming for Remote Channels F.4.1 Remote Channel Programming Overview The Remote Channels (RCs) behave fndamentally the same as their physical channel (PC) conterparts. Procedres for programming and recording messages for remote channels are very similar to the procedres described in the previos sections of this manal. There are some differences, however. These differences will be discssed in this section. In general, all Verbatim atodialer commands that operate on remote channels will begin with the digit 4. Commands that perform fnctions similar to non- Remote Channel specific commands se the same key seqence, preceded by the digit 4. For example: to interrogate the alarm stats for Physical Channel nmber 1 1, enter the command: then <ENTER> Verbatim Owner's Manal F-5

132 MODBUS Interface To interrogate the alarm stats for Remote Channel nmber 1 1 enter the command: <ENTER> The existing commands that apply globally to all channels will apply niformly to the RCs as well. Specifically, these codes are: 900, 902, 904, 917N, 923N, 927N, 930, 935N, 966N, 9403, The CHECK STATUS fnction, either from the front panel or over-the-phone, reports channel stats for all channels both physical or remote. The sb-sections that follow itemize all programming key seqences available to the ser. A short description of each fnction is provided, together with longer notes when necessary. If a programming key seqence is not recognized by the Verbatim atodialer, or any parameter is invalid, the Verbatim atodialer simply says Enter program code. All commands that se a fll network address may omit the network ID and/or the node address, in which case the defalt vales (codes 4910, 4911) will be sed. The ser shold then also omit the * delimiter associated with the omitted component. If the ser does omit a field then all preceding fields mst also be omitted. (See Section F.4.2 for more information on net address formats.) The RCs on any specific network may be globally inactivated withot erasing any of their configration. An individal RC may be inactivated withot erasing the network address by setting the no alarm or disarmed criterion. In this case, it will be necessary to reprogram the criterion in order to re-activate the channel. F.4.2 Associating a Net Address with a Remote Channel! Note: Remember that * = POINT when referenced in this manal. The most important operation in configring yor Verbatim atodialer is associating a data register s net address to a RC. The net address is actally part of the complete command seqence entered by the ser when programming the association of a RC and a data register. Consider the following example. Sppose the Verbatim's NET 1 is configred for the Modbs protocol and node 2 on that net is a PLC. To associate RC #01 with the16 bit data register whose address is yo wold enter the following command seqence: * 1 * 2 * * then ENTER. F-6 Verbatim Owner's Manal

133 MODBUS Interface The first 4 digits from the above example are the programming command for RC association or RC alarm criteria. Ths, the seqence refers to programming for RC #01. The net address portion of this command seqence is the remaining digits pls the * sed for delimiting. The 16 bit data register has the address of The PLC s node nmber is 2 and the Verbatim's NET is 1. The general net address syntax has the following form: * NET * node * address * where: NET is NET Nmber - 0, 1, or 2 Net 0 is Physical Channels Net 1 is Modbs Net 2 is serial printer node is PLC s Node Nmber Modbs - 1 to 256 address is Data Register Address - may be nmbers. Syntax for the register address is very specific to the PLC brand. In the previos example, certain simplifications were made. Simplifications in the net address may be made by sing programmed defalts. The sal defalt for the Verbatim's NET nmber is 1. The defalt node nmber may be set to any vale allowed by protocol. Therefore, in the previos example, the entry may be simplified frther to the following: * * <ENTER> F.5 General MODBUS Reqirements This appendix provides information specific to Modicon s Modbs network. There are sections on PLC data table addressing, net address format, and global data. The paragraphs here describe general reqirements and hints. Modicon PLCs: Be sre that the DEF/MEM switch on compact 984 PLCs is set to MEM. Otherwise, it will be impossible to change network commnications parameters from the defalts. Modbs Networks: All nodes on a Modbs network mst se RTU protocol. There can be only one master on the network. The master mst be the Verbatim Atodialer. Use the link-level timer (command 4908) to insert a delay between qery/response cycles. This will only be necessary if talking to a slow device. Verbatim Owner's Manal F-7

134 MODBUS Interface F.6 PLC Address Format The table below shows how to address specific objects in Modicon PLCs. x represents a digit in the range 0-9. The Verbatim atodialer User Interface will accept any vales for xxxx. If a vale is ot of range for a particlar PLC, that PLC will isse an error diagnostic, which will be passed on to the ser. This is to say, the remote PLCs enforce the validity of PLC addresses on their own.! Notes: Extended memory access is not crrently implemented. Inpts may be written by the Verbatim atodialer, bt will most likely be overwritten immediately by the PLC when it does its next scan of the ladder logic. The PLC memory protect switch will prevent a coil or register from being written. Addressing Modicon PLC Objects Address Description 0xxxx Coil (1-bit Otpt) nmber xxxx 1xxxx Inpt point (1-bit) nmber xxxx 3xxxx Inpt register (16-bit) nmber xxxx 4xxxx Otpt (holding) register (16-bit) nmber xxxx F.7 Potential Effects of Network Commnications Failres Physical channels only go into alarm state when their inpt matches programmed alarm criteria. Remote channels also spport these criteria-based alarms. It mst be remembered however, that the channel data compared against the criteria mst first be received from the network being monitored. Since the remote channel s data is being transferred over a network, alarming may be affected by varios network failres. If sch a failre occrs, and the data cannot be received, it is no longer possible to reliably compare the channel against the alarm criteria. As a reslt, the remote channels will enter the alarm state even thogh their channel data may not have changed. The term COMALARM is sed to distingish this sort of alarm scenario from the criteria based alarms. F-8 Verbatim Owner's Manal

135 MODBUS Interface More precisely, an RC will register a COMALARM whenever the following two conditions are met: 1. The RC is configred with alarmable criteria. 2. All attempts to poll the RC have failed for the COMALARM trip delay period (code 4907). For stats reports, alarm calls, LED indicators and acknowledgments, the COMALARMs are treated in the same way as criteria alarms. They are annnciated in the following manner: 1. The COMALARM message will override any criteria alarm message. 2. The COMALARM message is not ser recordable. It always consists of "Remote Channel Nmber ZZ Commnication Failre Code XXX." The failre code annnciated by the Verbatim atodialer serves as an aid in trobleshooting the network problem casing the failre. They are listed in section F.17. To frther assist in network trobleshooting several diagnostic commands are provided. It is possible to: 1. Perform a complete network self-test. 2. Read the commnications stats for any RC. 3. Read and reset the COMALARM cont for any RC. 4. Read a list of the last 10 COMALARM codes on the network. 5. List all RCs crrently in the COMALARM state. 6. List the nodes (PLCs) on the net that have all of their RCs in the COMALARM state. The Verbatim atodialer provides several other featres to help the ser with the inevitable complexities of a networked environment. One is the ability to sspend/resme all qeries initiated by the Verbatim atodialer withot altering any RC programming. The stats reports will inform the ser when a network is globally disabled in this fashion. Another diagnostic tool is the front panel Network Stats Indicator LED for each network. Each LED is like a channel which monitors the overall health of each network. This is accomplished by accmlating all the COMALARM codes into a single vale. The vale is compared against a threshold. See code 492 in Section F.16 for details. If the threshold is exceeded, then the LED will blink and stats reports will annnciate the crrent vale of the network stats code. If the network has been globally disabled the LED is off. Otherwise the LED is steadily ON, indicating the network is operating within programmed parameters. See Section F.17. Verbatim Owner's Manal F-9

136 MODBUS Interface The Verbatim atodialer keeps a cont of the threshold violations. Programming commands are available to annonce and reset these conts. It is also possible to annonce the crrent vale of the stats code and set the threshold to any severity level. See section F.16 for details. F.7.1 Abbreviations and Typographic Conventions In the following sb-sections, the verbal response expected from the Verbatim atodialer will be given following the program code that the ser is to enter for each programmable fnction. This verbal response will be differentiated by being in italics in the following way: Remote Channel Nmber TEN, Alarm, Acknowledged. The following table describes the abbreviations sed in the code listings and elsewhere in this docment: Code Listing Abbreviations Code Description ZZ Any two-digit remote channel nmber, from 01 to 96, depending on the hardware configration. yy Same as above N An integer from 0 to 65535, or as specifically noted. net The network ID: 1 to 5 node The node address, as appropriate for a given network. addr The PLC address, as appropriate for the given PLC. (Details on specific PLCs and protocols are fond in the appendices.) DN A two-digit code indicating a specific phone nmber. V An arbitrary floating point nmber of the form: If 3 or more digits to the right of the decimal point, V is trncated to the nearest.005. * Same as point key # Same as mins key F.8 Remote Channel Stats, Reading, and Writing 4 0 ZZ Fnction Read alarm stats of Remote Channel ZZ. (See code for Network Alarm Stats) Response remote channel <ZZ> <alarm stats> If ZZ=00 in the following two commands, then the command applies to the net address specified by the most recent 4500* command. In that case, the remote channel ZZ responses are replaced with the explicit net address. 4 0 ZZ * Fnction directly read PLC address associated with Channel ZZ F-10 Verbatim Owner's Manal

137 MODBUS Interface! Notes: Response 4 0 ZZ * N Fnction Response remote channel <ZZ> is <N> or remote channel <ZZ> commnications error <code> write vale N to PLC address associated with channel ZZ remote channel <ZZ> set to <N> or remote channel <ZZ>commnications error <code> This command will execte withot any are yo sre? checking. Users mst make sre the address and vale being written will not create an nsafe condition. Writing a vale greater than 1 to a digital or net address will reslt in the vale 1 being written. F.9 Remote Channel Message Recording and Reviewing! Notes: net Fnction Response Record network ID message for specified net. Append a * to the command to retrn to defalt network ID message. whatever was recorded or the defalt message: NET <net> For the following 2 commands, N is optional. If present, it mst be in range 1-4 and sets the recording rate for that particlar message. User Messages for the remote channels are sed in the same way as ser messages for the physical channels. For analog channels, the alarm message is always the defalt: <high> <low> set-point exceeded. The ser messages form a preamble and epiloge for the data vale recitation dring alarm messages. The defalt epiloge for remote channels is nll. 4 1 ZZ N Fnction Response 4 2 ZZ N Fnction Record channel ZZ alarm/preamble message. N, if present, specifies the recording rate to se. If N is not present, the defalt recording rate is sed. Append command with a * or 0 to retrn to defalt alarm message whatever was recorded or the defalt message: remote channel <ZZ> alarm Record channel ZZ normal/epiloge message. N, if present, specifies the recording rate to se. If N is not present, the defalt recording rate is sed. Append command with a * or 0 to retrn to defalt normal message. Verbatim Owner's Manal F-11

138 MODBUS Interface 4 3 ZZ Response Fnction Response whatever was recorded. The defalt message for discrete channels is: remote channel <ZZ> normal. The defalt message for analog channels is silence (no epiloge). Review both messages for channel ZZ. If ZZ is 00 then all network ID messages are reviewed. whatever was recorded or the defalt messages. F.10 Remote Channel Configration Commands in the series 4 5 ZZ," are sed for Remote Channels as follows: Associate a PLC net address to a Verbatim Remote Channel. This step tells the Verbatim atodialer where on the PLC network to look for the point to be monitored. Establish the alarm criteria for a Remote Channel. This step tells the Verbatim atodialer what constittes an alarm condition in the monitored PLC point. Link a Remote Channel to a phone nmber or grop of phone nmbers. When an alarm occrs in the monitored PLC point only the phone nmbers linked to the Remote Channel will be called. (By defalt, all phone nmbers will be called.) Note that yo mst first assign a net address to a Remote Channel before any alarm criteria may be configred. F.10.1 Assigning PLC Net Addresses to Remote Channels Command 45ZZ associates a remote channel with a network address and, as sch, is essential for activating an RC. When issed, this command will case the Verbatim atodialer to immediately access the specified network address. Any commnications errors at this point will generate the message: commnication error code <diagnostic>. Any command in this section will spport ZZ=00. If the data type (analog, discrete) of the new address is incompatible with the existing alarm criteria, then the NOALARM criteria will replace them. Otherwise, the existing criteria are ntoched. The Verbatim will annonce this action. Any links to other RCs are always preserved.! Notes: See section F.4.2 for an overview of net addresses. F-12 Verbatim Owner's Manal

139 MODBUS Interface 4 5 ZZ * Fnction Read the network address which is crrently associated with RC nmber ZZ. Response remote channel <ZZ> NET <net> NODE <node> ADDRESS <addr> or commnication error code <diagnostic> 4 5 ZZ * net *node *addr * Fnction Associate RC <ZZ> with specified network address. Does not alter any other parameters. Response remote channel <ZZ> NET <net> NODE <node> ADDRESS <addr> or commnication error code <diagnostic> F.10.2 Remote Channel Alarm Criteria ZZ Fnction Response Fnction Response 4 5 ZZ 0 Fnction Response The criteria for all eligible RCs are set so that the channel is normal in its crrent state. An RC is NOT eligible if any of the following conditions apply: Channel s net address type is analog or floating point Channel has NOALARM criteria already configred Channel is already the destination channel in a linked pair present inpt condition is programmed to be normal for all remote channels Read alarm criteria for channel ZZ remote channel <ZZ> <criteria> or remote channel <ZZ> no net address programmed Disarms <ZZ> (i.e. eliminates all stats reporting for the channel). All other configration information is preserved. remote channel <ZZ> disarmed 4 5 ZZ 1 Fnction Set channel nmber ZZ alarm criteria to normally 1. Response remote channel <ZZ> normally ZZ 2 Fnction Set channel nmber ZZ alarm criteria to normally 0. Response remote channel <ZZ> normally ZZ 3 Fnction Response Set channel nmber ZZ alarm criteria to no alarm. The channel is still listed in all stats reports. no alarm condition for remote channel <ZZ> 4 5 ZZ 4 Fnction Set channel nmber ZZ to NETERR mode alarm if and only if a commnications alarm occrs. Response remote channel <ZZ> alarm on commnication failrec. Verbatim Owner's Manal F-13

140 MODBUS Interface 4 5 ZZ 5 N Fnction Response 4 5 ZZ 6 N Fnction Response Set channel nmber ZZ analog low alarm set point to N. Use N = -0 to clear. Omit N to read crrent set point vale. remote channel <ZZ> low set point is <N> Set channel nmber ZZ analog high alarm set point to N. Use N = -0 to clear. Omit N to read crrent set point vale. remote channel <ZZ> high set point is <N> F.10.3 Linking Remote Channels to Phone Nmbers 4 5 ZZ 9 Fnction Response 4 5 ZZ 9 DN Fnction Response 4 5 ZZ 9 * Fnction Response! Note: Read RC nmber ZZ alarm call groping linkage. remote channel <ZZ> calls <list> Link RC nmber ZZ to phone nmber list DN remote channel <ZZ> calls <list> Clear all RC nmber ZZ phone nmber linkages remote channel <ZZ> calls all phone nmbers Linking Remote Channels to phone nmbers is different than linking one Remote Channel to another Remote Channel. The latter is discssed in section F.12. F.11 Alarm Trip Delays The alarm trip delay commands here apply only to criteria violations. See code 4907 for the COMALARM trip delay. See codes 4921 and 4922 for network alarming. 4 6 ZZ Fnction Response 4 6 ZZ * Fnction Response Reads channel nmber ZZ alarm trip delay. remote channel <ZZ> alarm trip delay is <v> seconds Sets channel nmber ZZ alarm trip delay to 2.0 seconds. remote channel <ZZ> alarm trip delay is 2.0 seconds 4 6 ZZ V Fnction Sets RCZZ individal alarm trip delay to V. Response remote channel <ZZ> alarm trip delay is <V> seconds F-14 Verbatim Owner's Manal

141 MODBUS Interface F.12 RC Linking/Network Bridging The commands detailed in this section allow data to be passed between any two remote channels. Applications inclde passing data between nodes on compatible and incompatible networks, pdating stats registers in DCS systems, or exporting the Verbatim physical I/O to remote nodes. One channel acts as a data sorce and the second as a data destination. Data is read from the sorce channel s net address and then written to the destination channel s net address once per scan loop. The destination and sorce are said to be linked. F.12.1 Linking Modes The linking fnctions can work in one of two modes. In Data Link mode, the data read from the sorce is written directly to the destination. In the absence of commnication problems, each destination channel is pdated with a freqency eqal to the Verbatim scan time. If there is a commnications problem reading data from the sorce, then nothing is written to the destination. In Alarm Link mode, the sorce channel data is first interpreted against the configred alarm criteria. If any alarm condition exists at the SRC channel, then a 1 is written to the DST. Otherwise, 0 is written. Any commnications problem reading from the sorce will be reflected. For both modes, the reads and writes are attempted once per scan loop. Any reqired protocol conversions are handled atomatically. Any problems getting data for or writing data to the destination will appear as commnications errors on the sorce or destination RCs. The data read or written is sbject to RC initialization and the worst-case scan loop latencies. See Section F.7 for details. F.12.2 Commands & Limitations The commands below establish the channel linkage configrations. There are several rles and restrictions as follows: 1. Both the sorce and destination RCs mst already be configred with net addresses. If this is not the case, then an error message is given. The net address for either channel in a linked pair may be reconfigred at any time, withot altering the link. 2. If the RC specified as sorce is already configred as destination for any other linked pair, then an error message is given. Similarly, if the RC specified as destination is already configred as sorce for any other linked pair, an error message is given. This prevents chaining of linked pairs. Verbatim Owner's Manal F-15

142 MODBUS Interface 3. If the RC specified as destination is already configred as the destination for another sorce, then the new configration spersedes the old one. No error message is given. This prevents the configration of mltiple sorces for a single destination. The ser mst take care that distinct destination channels do not have identical net addresses. Mltiple destinations for a single sorce are allowed. 4. If either the sorce or destination RC are DISARMED, then its criteria will be reset to NETERR. This alteration will be annonced. All other existing criteria are accepted withot alteration. Once a link is configred, any attempt to DISARM either the sorce or destination reslts in an error message. All other criteria modifications are allowed. Note however that it rarely makes sense to have destination criteria of anything other than NETERR or NOALARM. 5. The linking of channels with different data types is allowed. For example, it is OK to have a discrete sorce linked to an analog destination. Special data conversion rles apply and are presented in the table below. Conversion Rles Sorce Dest. Destination Vale 16 or 32 bit 1 bit 0 if sorce is 0, otherwise 1 1 bit 16 bit 0 if sorce is 0, otherwise 1 1 bit 32 bit 0.0 if sorce is 0, otherwise bit 32 bit floating point nmber with integer vale eqal to the sorce vale 32 bit 16 bit garbage: least significant 16 bits of the sorce vale, however encoded 6. If the destination channel is read-only (i.e. a PLC inpt register) then a COMALARM will reslt. 4 7 ZZ * YY Fnction Response 4 7 ZZ * YY * Fnction Establishes an alarm mode link with RC ZZ as the sorce channel and YY as the destination channel. Channel ZZ s alarm stats will be written to YY s net address once per scan loop. A 1 is written if any alarm exists, otherwise zero. remote channel ZZ alarm link to remote channel YY or, remote channel (ZZ,YY) not programmed, if no net address, or, remote channel (ZZ,YY) already linked, if mltiple sorces, or link chain wold reslt. Establishes a data mode link with RC ZZ as the sorce channel and YY as the destination. The vale from ZZ s net address is written to YY s net address once per scan loop. F-16 Verbatim Owner's Manal

143 MODBUS Interface Response remote channel ZZ data link to remote channel YY or, remote channel (ZZ,YY) not programmed, if no net address, or, remote channel (ZZ,YY) already linked, if a link chain wold reslt. The commands listed below report or clear existing link configrations. When a link is cleared, the net address and criteria for both channels are ntoched. Operation of the sorce channel is nchanged. In fact, the only change is that the destination channel will no longer write any data to the remote address. Rather, it begins to read the remote address and will alarm according to the existing criteria, jst like the sorce or any other remote channel. 4 7 ZZ Fnction Response 4 7 ZZ-0 Fnction Response 4 7 ZZ * YY-0 Fnction Response Reports all linked channel pairs sing ZZ as either sorce or destination channel. If ZZ is 00, then the set of all linked channel pairs is listed. remote channel <ZZ,XX> <data,alarm> link to remote channel <YY,ZZ> Clears all linked channel pairs sing ZZ as either sorce or destination channel. If ZZ is 00, then the set of all linked channel pairs is cleared. remote channel ZZ link to remote channel YY is cleared or, remote channel ZZ is not linked, if no sch link existed, or, all remote channel links cleared, if ZZ is 00. Clear specific link sing ZZ as sorce and YY as destination. remote channel ZZ <data,alarm> link to remote channel YY is cleared. or, no link, if sch a link does not exist. F.13 Commnications Parameters All commands in this section allow the net parameter to be omitted, in which case the defalt network is sed. If either net or the defalt net (see code 4910) is 0, the command has no effect. If the * is omitted, then the crrent setting is spoken. If * is present and N omitted, then the parameter is set to it s defalt. If N is present, then * mst precede it. If the protocol crrently configred on any specific net forbids alteration of a parameter, then the command is ignored and the Enter program code message is annonced. The defalts for each parameter are also network dependent net Fnction Response Annonces the crrent setting of all applicable parameters. See all codes below Verbatim Owner's Manal F-17

144 MODBUS Interface net * Fnction Response Resets all applicable parameters to their factory defalt. See all codes below F.13.1 Serial Port Parameters net * N Fnction Read/set bad rate for net to N. If present, N mst be: 50, 75, 110, 150, 300, 600, 1200, 1800, 2000, 2400, 3600, 4800, 7200, 9600, 14400, 19200, 28800, Any other vales are ignored. Response <net ID message> bad rate is <N> net * N Fnction Read/set data bits for net to N. If present, N mst be one of: 5, 6, 7, or 8. Any other vales will be ignored. Response <net ID message> data bits are <N> net * N Fnction Response net * N Fnction Response Read/set stop bits for net to N. N mst be 1 or 2. Any other vales will be ignored. <net ID message> stop bit is <N> Read/set parity for net. If present, N=0 is NO parity, N=1 sets ODD parity and N=2 sets EVEN parity for net, N=3 for SPACE parity, N=4 for MARK parity. Any other vales will be ignored. <net ID message> parity is <even, odd, space, mark> F.13.2 Network Parameters net * N Fnction Response net Fnction Response Read/set local node address for net to N. The allowable range for N is protocol dependent. Illegal vales are ignored. <net ID message> node nmber is <N> Read protocol for network. <net ID> protocol is <crrent protocol> F.13.3 Timing Parameters net * V Fnction Response Reads/sets commnications alarm trip delay. Commnications errors for all RCs on net mst persist continosly for V seconds before a COMALARM violation is registered. <net ID> commnication alarm trip delay is <V> seconds F-18 Verbatim Owner's Manal

145 MODBUS Interface net * N Fnction Response net * N Fnction Response Reads/sets link-level timer. Units are milliseconds. Usage of this timer is protocol dependent and described in the appendices. In general, this parameter is the maximm time the Verbatim will wait for the response from a commnications co-processor or interface modle. <net ID> link limit time is <N> mseconds Reads/sets application-level timer. Units are milliseconds. This vale is the maximm amont of time the Verbatim will wait for another node to respond to any command. <net ID> message limit time is <N> mseconds F.14 Miscellaneos 4 9 * Fnction Response Repeats the previos command which began with a 4. It is possible to add key strokes after the * and before enter, sbject to limit of 65 total keystrokes. The added key strokes are not concatenated for sbseqent 49* commands. appropriate to actal command reslting In the following, N may be omitted, in which case the crrent vale is only annonced, not altered. The vales apply to all commands expecting a net or node vale to be specified. They allow fewer keystrokes to be sed when programming net addresses and other commands N Fnction Response N Fnction Response Read/set defalt net nmber to N. N mst be 0-5, consistent with the hardware options. Defalt net address network is N Read/set defalt node nmber to N. Allowable vales for N are protocol dependent. Defalt net address node is <N> F.15 Clear-Ot Operations * net Fnction Response Fnction Globally disables/enables RC polling on the specified network. Acts as a toggle, so two consective entries cancel each other ot. No RC programming is erased. <net ID> commnication is (off, on) Clears all RC ser recorded messages. Verbatim Owner's Manal F-19

146 MODBUS Interface Response Fnction Response Fnction Response All remote Channel messages cleared Clears all RC configration data: network addresses, criteria, links. All remote channels reset Clears ot all commnications failre codes and conts. Commnication error cont overall reset Fnction Does all the 4935 fnctions. NOTE, ONLY the RC configration is affected. Response Verbatim RC programming reqires Firmware Revision F.16 Diagnostic Readots In the following, N may be omitted, in which case the crrent vale is only annonced, not altered <net> Fnction Response Reads crrent vale for Network Failre threshold. The LED indicator will blink and a Network Failre Alarm will register when this vale is exceeded. <net ID> network stats alert setpoint is <N> <net> <*<N>> Fnction Sets crrent vale for Network Failre threshold. Use N=200 to disable the network failre indicator. Range for N Defalt 0 Response <net ID> network stats alert setpoint is <N> * net Fnction ! Note: Response Fnction Response Perform a diagnostic self-test on specified network. Depending on protocol and LDL configration, diagnostic conters may be printed and/or reset. <net ID> commnication test is <normal, errcode> Read all 4940x diagnostic info for all networks. See error/diagnostic code list in section F.17. In the following, net may be omitted, in which case the information for the defalt network is annnciated * net Fnction Response Read all 4940 diagnostic info for <net> see commands below F-20 Verbatim Owner's Manal

147 MODBUS Interface! Note: Fnction Response net Fnction Response net Fnction Response net Fnction Response net Fnction Response Read time to complete RC table scan scan time is <time> seconds Read network stats code for specified network <net ID > network stats code is <code> Read network alert cont. <net ID > network alert cont is <cont> List all the node addresses whose RCs are crrently experiencing commnication failre. <net ID > commnication failre at node(s) <list> List all RCs on net crrently having commnications failre. <net ID > remote channel(s) now in commnication alarm are <list> does not report criteria-tripped alarms. The check stats command (4 0 ZZ) checks all alarm conditions, commnication or otherwise net Fnction Response ZZ Fnction Response ZZ * Fnction Response net Fnction Response Fnction Response Read diagnostic codes for last 10 network problems. Append -0 to clear the history stack. recorded error nmbers are code <n>... Read crrent commnications stats for channel nmber ZZ. Stats reported is reslt of latest scan loop poll, not the commnications alarm stats (see 40zz).. remote channel <ZZ> commnication alarm code is <diag code> Read cont of commnication alarms for RC ZZ (add -0 to clear) remote channel <ZZ> commnication alarm cont is <cont> Read list of disarmed (see code 45ZZ0) RCs <net ID> remote channels now disarmed are <list> Read list of ninitialized RCs. remote channel(s) not programmed are <list> Contined on next page... Verbatim Owner's Manal F-21

148 MODBUS Interface Fnction Response ZZ Fnction Response Read list of all RCs not sing the defalt criterion. remote channels armed are <list> Reports net address, criterion, setpoints, links, and alarm stats for channel nmber ZZ. See commands 45zz*, 45zz, 47zz*, 4941zz F.17 Stats, Diagnostic & Error Code Listing This section lists all network stats, diagnostic and commnications error codes likely to be of se for cstomer trobleshooting. Other codes may be reported in rare instances, and information abot their interpretation may be obtained from RACO cstomer spport. F.17.1 Network Stats Codes The Network Stats code reflects the overall health of all devices connected to a specific net. The vales for these codes are sed both for programming the alert threshold and in reporting the crrent stats. Whenever a specific network's stats code exceeds the alert threshold the network stats LED will blink and an alert message is inclded in all reports. There is a distinct LED and stats code and threshold for each net. The table below lists the vales and interpretation for the Network Stats codes and thresholds. 0 No error. All RCs and scanned nodes are operating within scan timing parameters Some RCs are in commnications failre and have not been sccessflly scanned for the COMALARM trip delay period. The nmber of sch failed RCs is eqal to the code vale Some nodes on the net have qit responding to scanning. The nmber of sch failed nodes is compted by sbtracting 100 from the code. All RCs on those nodes are in COMALARM. 200 The scan of all nodes on the network is failing. F-22 Verbatim Owner's Manal

149 MODBUS Interface F.17.2 Diagnostic & Commnications Error Codes The diagnostic and commnications error codes are registered whenever the scan for a particlar RC fails. When sch an event occrs, the code is pshed onto the diagnostic history stack (see code 49406) and copied into the RC stats word (see code 4941zz). These may be interrogated at any time. If the problem occrs dring selftesting or configration, the code is reported immediately. Dring normal scanning, the problem mst contine for the COMALARM trip delay period before a commnications alarm for that RC is triggered. The report for that alarm will then mention the code. The network stats code is then pdated appropriately. See table on next page. The table below lists the vales and interpretations for the most common error sitations. Note that some codes are derived directly from standard error codes spported by specific protocols. The docmentation for those prodcts is then necessary for interpretation. 0 no error condition detected 352 specified net is invalid 354 protocol doesn't spport the net address format 356 reqest timed ot with no feedback 357 node address is invalid for selected protocol 359 node/driver incompatible with address mode 360 miscellaneos error parsing address string 361 some field was dplicated in address string 362 file type specifier in address string not spported 363 coldn't parse file nmber field in address string 364 coldn't map the I/O slot specified in address string 365 coldn't parse element field in address string 366 coldn't parse sbelement field in address string 367 coldn't parse bit field in address string 368 too many roting nodes specified in address string 369 some roting node has illegal syntax 370 transaction aborted at ser reqest 390 sorce channel data not available for RC link 410 no traffic received from the net 430 timeot with no recognizable response 431 timeot with no response at all 501 transaction took too long to transmit AEG/MODICON exception codes. That code can be determined by sbtracting 600 from this code. Refer to F.5, "General Modbs Reairements," for details. Contined on next page... Verbatim Owner's Manal F-23

150 MODBUS Interface 700 device has not been opened 705 DUART not present 710 net not configred with PLC-type protocol 715 bad serial io configration parameter 725 backgrond noise on network sbstrate 730 another modbs master already active 731 mbpls peer in monitor-on-line state 732 mbpls peer never getting token 735 diagnostic loopback test failed 750 a remote node has same node address 755 cold not find any nodes on network 1540 NAK cont limit exceeded for transmit msg 1541 ENQ cont limit exceeded for transmit msg 1561 timeot waiting for response to command 2278 RAM allocation failed 2279 hardware failed self-test at warmstart 2280 cannot access net hardware F-24 Verbatim Owner's Manal

151 MODBUS Interface PLC Programming Code Table (Page 1 of 4) Code Description Defalt Range Section Remote Channel Stats, Reading and Writing to PLC Data Register 40ZZ Read alarm stats of Remote ZZ=0 to 96 F.8 Channel ZZ 40ZZ* Read data register associated ZZ=0 to 96 F.8 with RC ZZ 40ZZ*N Write vale N to data register ZZ=0 to 96, F.8 associated with RC ZZ N=0 to Remote Channel Message Recording and Reviewing 4100 net Record network ID message net=1 to 5 F.9 41ZZ N Record Remote Channel ZZ ZZ=1 to 96, N=1 to 4 F.9 ALARM/PREAMBLE message See Code 913 at recording rate N (N is optional) 42ZZ N Record Remote Channel ZZ ZZ=1 to 96, N=1 to 4 F.9 NORMAL/EPILOGUE message See Code 913 at recording rate N (N is optional) 43ZZ Review both Remote Channel ZZ ZZ=1 to 96 F.9 messages (ZZ=0 for network ID messages) Remote Channel Programming (Configration) 4500 Sets crrent stats as NORMAL F.10.2 for all RCs 45ZZ Reads alarm criteria for RC ZZ ZZ=1 to 96 F ZZ * Associate RC ZZ with specified ZZ=1 to 96 F.10.1 net *node network address *addr * 45ZZ * Read back the net address ZZ=1 to 96 F.10.1 (net/node/addr) assoc. with RC ZZ 45ZZ0 Disables Remote Channel ZZ ZZ=1 to 96 F ZZ1 Sets alarm criteria to ZZ=1 to 96 F.10.2 NORMALLY 1 45ZZ2 Sets alarm criteria to ZZ=1 to 96 F.10.2 NORMALLY 0 45ZZ3 Sets alarm criteria to ZZ=1 to 96 F.10.2 NO ALARM Stats reporting only 45ZZ4 Sets alarm criteria to NETERR mode ZZ=1 to 96 F ZZ5 N Sets analog low setpoint to N ZZ=1 to 96, F.10.2 N=0 to ZZ6 N Sets analog high setpoint to N ZZ=1 to 96, F.10.2 N=0 to Verbatim Owner's Manal F-25

152 MODBUS Interface PLC Programming Code Table (Page 2 of 4) Code Description Defalt Range Section Alarm Call Groping 45ZZ 9 Reads RC ZZ alarm call F.10.3 groping linkage 45ZZ 9 DN Links RC ZZ to phone F.10.3 nmbers DN 45ZZ 9 * Clears all RC ZZ alarm call F.10.3 linkages. Alarm Trip Delays 46ZZ Reads Remote Channel ZZ F.11 alarm trip delay 46ZZ V Set RC ZZ individal alarm none sec F.11 trip delay to V 46ZZ * Resets RC ZZ individal alarm trip delay back to defalt of 2.0 sec. Remote Channel Linking/Network Bridging 47ZZ * YY Establish Alarm Link. ZZ F.12 sorce, YYdestination 47ZZ * YY * Establish Data Link. ZZ F.12 sorce, YYdestination 47ZZ Report all linked channel pairs F.12 sing ZZ as sorce or destination. If ZZ=0 reports all linked channel pairs. 47ZZ -0 Clears all linked pairs sing ZZ F.12 as sorce ordestination If ZZ=0 clears all linked channel pairs. 47ZZ Clear Specific Link sing ZZ F.12 * YY -0 as sorce and YY as dest. Serial Commnications Parameters Note: See Code 4910 for defalt vale for "net" in all of the following 4900 net Annonces the crrent F.13 settings of all serial parameters for "net" 4900 net * Resets all serial parameters See Below F.13 for "net" to their factory defalts 4901 net *N Read/Set bad rate for net F.13.1 to N 4902 net *N Read/Set data bits for 8 7 or 8 F.13.1 net to N 4903 net *N Read/Set stop bits for 1 1 or 2 F.13.1 net to N F-26 Verbatim Owner's Manal

153 MODBUS Interface PLC Programming Code Table (Page 3 of 4) Code Description Defalt Range Section Serial Commnications Parameters... Contined from p. F-26 Note: See Code 4910 for defalt vale for "net" in all of the following 4904 net *N Read/Set parity for net protocol dependent odd, even, none F net *N Read/Set local node F.13.2 address for net to N 4906 net Read protocol type for net N Factory Configred Not ser settable F net *N Read/Set COMALARM 30 sec. N= sec. F.13.3 Trip Delay 4908 net * V Read/Set link-level timer. Protocol Specific V is in msec. F net * V Read/Set applications-level Protocol Specific V is in msec. F.13.3 Timer Reads/Sets all protocol varies See applicable notes F.13.4, Miscellaneos 49 * Repeat the previos command F.14 which began with a N Read/Set defalt 1 1 to 5 F.14 net to N 4911 N Read/Set defalt node 1 protocol dependent F.14 to N Clearot Operations 493 *net Globally disables/enables Acts as toggle F.15 network commnications Clears all RC ser recorded F.15 speed messages Clears all RC net F.15 addresses and criteria Clears ot all commnications F.15 failre codes and conts Diagnostic Readots Note: See Code 4910 for defalt vale for "net" in all of the following 49 2 net Reads crrent Network Failre F.16 threshold for net 49 2 net *N Set Network Failre threshold F.16 to N *net Perform diagnostic self-test F.16 on specified net Reads all 4940 X diagnostic F.16 for all networks *net Reads all diagnostic information F.16 for net Verbatim Owner's Manal F-27

154 MODBUS Interface PLC Programming Code Table (Page 4 of 4) Code Description Defalt Range Section Diagnostic Readots... Contined from p. F-27 Note: See Code 4910 for defalt vale for "net" in all of the following Reads time to complete F.16 RC table scan net Reads commnications alert F.16 stats for net net Reads commnications alert F.16 cont for net (Append with 0 to clear cont) net Reads all node address whose F.16 RCs have crrent commnications failre net Reads all RCs on net crrently F.16 having commnications failre net Reads diagnostic codes for F.16 last 10 network problems ZZ Reads commnicatons stats F.16 for RC ZZ ZZ* Reads cont of COMALARMS F.16 for RC ZZ net Reads list of disarmed (code F.16 45ZZ0) RCs Reads list of ninitialized F.16 RCs Reads list of all RCs not sing F.16 the defalt alarm criteria ZZ Reports net address, alarm criteria, F.16 setpoints, links and alarm stats for RC ZZ F-28 Verbatim Owner's Manal

155 Cabling Diagrams G Cabling Diagrams Verbatim Owner's Manal G-1

156 Cabling Diagrams G.1 RACO VSER-01 Serial Cable Connection Diagram G-2 Verbatim Owner's Manal

157 Cabling Diagrams G.2 RACO VPPC-1 Parallel Cable Connection Diagram RACO VPPC-1 Parallel Cable Used for LDL parallel printer option 2 x 20 header - back side Index color 4 nsed positions 2 x 20 Header Receptical Length: 3' Type: 36 Condctor Ribbon Centronics Connector Verbatim Owner's Manal G-3

158 Cabling Diagrams G.3 Verbatim PLC Network Connections Diagram Verbatim Verbatim Gateway Serial Connection PLC Monitoring a single PLC Verbatim Gateway Verbatim Serial Connection DAS, SCADA, or DCS System Monitoring a system with compatible device interface Verbatim Gateway Verbatim DH485, Modbs MODBUS and other Networks PLC Networks #31 PLC #3 PLC #2 PLC #1 PLC Monitoring a PLC Network G-4 Verbatim Owner's Manal

159 Cabling Diagrams G.4 RACO VMB-2 Serial Cable Connection Diagram Verbatim Verbatim Verbatim Owner's Manal G-5

160 Cabling Diagrams G.5 RACO VMBM-1 Serial Cable Connection Diagram Verbatim Verbatim! Note: Connection to Modicon Micro PLC reqires se of Modicon Cable Part Nmber 110XCA28201, 110XCA28202, or 110XCA28203 pls adaptor 110XCA This combination of cable pls adaptor mates with above RACO cable. The Modicon cable is a flat, eight wire cable with RJ-45 male connectors on each end. The Modicon adaptor is an RJ-45 female to D-sb 9 Pin female adaptor. G-6 Verbatim Owner's Manal

161 Cabling Diagrams G.6 RACO VBB-1 Serial Cable Connection Diagram Verbatim Verbatim Verbatim Owner's Manal G-7

162 Cabling Diagrams G.7 VTI 405/505-DCM Serial Cable Connection Diagram G-8 Verbatim Owner's Manal

163 Verbatim Floobydst H Verbatim Floobydst H.1 Adjsting Internal Speaker Volme Speaker volme may be adjsted via the trimpot marked SPKR VOL located in the pper right hand area of the main circit board. This trimpot also adjsts the level of the adio signal that can be obtained via jack AJ1. However, sensitive adio systems may reqire an additional signal level attenator in order to prevent overloading. SPKR VOL AJ1 JB8 HOT MINI PLUG COMMON GROUND Verbatim Owner's Manal H-1

164 Verbatim Floobydst H.2 External Speaker Connections An adio otpt sitable for driving an external speaker of 4 to 16 ohms impedance, headphones, or other adio system, is available via jack AJ1, located in the pper right hand area of the main circit board. This jack mst be configred to deliver adio signal otpt by placing a jmper shnt across the pper pair of pins on the three-pin header JB8, located next to AJ1. Note that AJ1 is a dal prpose jack which may be sed either for adio otpt or DC power inpt, bt not for both simltaneosly. To make connection with AJ1, se a standard single-circit MINI plg. The tip end will be the adio signal; the shell will be grond. The otpt signal has a nominal impedance of 8 ohms and a nominal average amplitde of 1 volt RMS, when the adio level trimpot, described below, is set to fll clockwise position. H.2.1 Specifications for Adio Otpt from Jack AJ1 Nominal otpt impedance 8 ohms Nominal average otpt amplitde with 8 ohm load 1 VRMS SPKR VOL AJ1 JB8 HOT MINI PLUG COMMON GROUND H-2 Verbatim Owner's Manal

165 Verbatim Floobydst H.3 Alternative Power Sorces As an alternative to the 120 VAC inpt, an external DC power sorce can be sed. The DC power sorce shold have a crrent capacity of at least 500 ma DC and a voltage from 8 to 14 VDC. Actal crrent consmption will be approximately 250 ma standby and 375 ma while phoning and speaking, pls whatever crrent is reqired to charge the internal 6 volt, 4 AH gel-cell battery. This spplemental charging crrent will be roghly 25 ma when the battery is already flly charged, and p to 200 ma if the battery is being recharged after a discharge. Option cards sch as analog, remote spervisory control etc. will also moderately increase the crrent being drawn. DC power shold be connected via a standard single-circit MINI plg, inserted into jack AJ1 located in the pper right hand corner of the main circit board. This jack mst be configred to accept DC power inpt by placing a jmper shnt across the lower pair of pins on the three-pin header JB8, located next to AJ1. The positive (pls) side of the power sorce mst go to the end tip of the plg; reversing this polarity can damage the prodct.! Note: Note that AJ1 is a dal prpose jack which may be sed either for adio otpt or DC power inpt, bt not for both simltaneosly. Note also that the AC power fse FU1 is bypassed with this configration. It shold be removed to avoid confsion. The front panel ON/OFF control will operate as with standard 120 VAC power inpt. If the external power sorce is interrpted, the nit will switch to gel cell battery power and go into power failre alarm. The Verbatim atodialer is capable of being powered by other types of power sorce, inclding 240 VAC, on special order. Contact factory for details. H.3.1 Standard DC Power Power Specifications Inpt voltage range 8-14 VDC Recommended minimm crrent capacity 500 ma DC VSS-4C-32 crrent drawn, less battery, standby 275 ma VSS-4C-32, less battery, phoning/talking 400 ma Added crrent to maintain charged battery 25 ma Added crrent to charge discharged battery 200 ma Verbatim Owner's Manal H-3

166 Verbatim Floobydst DC Power Connection Diagram AJ1 MINI PLUG JB8 H-4 Verbatim Owner's Manal

167 Verbatim Floobydst H.4 Speech Recording Times The following is a table of available speech recording times on Verbatim atodialer. To find the available amont of speech recording time, first determine the total nmber of channels on the nit, then find the corresponding row indicating the nmber of seconds of speech recording time at the varios recording rates. Example: A VSS-4C-32, has a total of 36 channels (4 contact and 32 plc channels). Therefore the available recording times are 130, 200, 270 or 399 seconds, depending pon which recording rate is selected by the ser. Total# OF # OF # OF # OF # OF # OF Channels RAM Seconds Seconds Seconds Seconds Rate UP The above table indicates the recording times that are shipped standard. However on special order, the available recording time can be increased to correspond with any row in the table. Verbatim Owner's Manal H-5

168 Verbatim Floobydst H.5 PBX Spport Interfacing the Verbatim to PBX or PABX phone systems can occasionally present problems. Some PBXs have a non-standard dialtone. Additionally, in many PBXs, yo mst first press a special key, like a '9' to get an otside line. After pressing the '9' there may be a short delay followed by the dialtone for the otside line. By trning OFF Phone Falt Detection yo can avoid problems with nonstandard dialtones from yor PBX system. Then Phone Falt Detect will not falsely indicate a telephone line interrption. Even with Phone Falt Detect OFF yo can still accomplish dialtone detection on otside lines. Simply add the Tone Detect key seqence to the phone nmber string after the '9' or other digit to reqest an otside line. H.5.1 M Cationary Notes Abot Interfacing to PBXs Mst Be an Analog Line Some PBX systems are either partially or entirely digital. That is, voice and signaling information is converted to a digital representation. Voice information arriving at the PBX from the otside is converted from analog to digital. Voice information leaving the PBX to the otside is converted from digital to analog. Phone sets within a digital system may be interfaced by digital signals only. In sch systems it may be difficlt, bt sally not impossible, to obtain a "standard" analog phone line to se in interfacing devices sch as a Verbatim. It may be necessary to contact the vendor of yor PBX system for information on addition of analog lines. Lines Can Case Damage Cation is advised. Some telephone lines within digital PBXs present voltages which can be dangeros to RACO's eqipment. If yo are attempting to interface a Verbatim inside of a PBX it wold be a good practice to have the phone line yo intend to se checked for "nsal" voltages and signals. With few exceptions, if yo can get a standard telephone set to word on a PBX line then yo will be able to make the Verbatim work as well. H-6 Verbatim Owner's Manal

169 Verbatim Floobydst H.6 Local Alarm Relay Option The Verbatim provides a 5 volt otpt that is trned on whenever the nit goes into alarm. This is available at JB4, located at the top center of the main board. Use a molex style 2 pin connector to plg onto the JB4 pins. This otpt can activate a sensitive (500 ohm +) relay sch as a Potter & Brmfield KHU- 17D11-6). Connect a 150 ohm,1/4 watt resistor across the relay coil. The Potter & Brmfield relay plgs into a socket (#27E166) which is shown in the accompanying figres. Note that it has for separate circits in SPDT form. This relay may be sed for local alarm, line seizre, or both. H.6.1 Local Alarm Relay Configration 1. Wire the relay coil as described in the introdction. 2. Wire the local alarm to one of the for circits of the relay. In the illstration, the nmbers refer to the for separate circits, and C refers to the coil terminals. 3. Note that the Verbatim does not provide the power for the alarm, it fnctions only as a switch. 4. The program code for Local Alarm Relay configration is ENTER which is the factory defalt. Inside the Verbatim Gateway JB C 4 C COM COIL 150 ohm resistor N.C N.O. Relay Socket P&B 27E166 To Power for Alarm Verbatim Owner's Manal H-7

170 Verbatim Floobydst H.7 Line Seizre Option Line Seizre is a featre that ensres that the dialer will seize the phone line when it goes into alarm, ctting off any phones, FAX, or answering machines that may be on line at the time (these are called the downstream phones, as they are downstream from the Verbatim ). The nit waits two seconds to allow a dial tone to come p, then dials ot. These phones will remain ct off ntil the alarm is acknowledged. The Verbatim provides a 5 volt otpt that is trned on whenever the nit goes into alarm. This is available at JB4, located at the top center of the main board. Use a molex style 2 pin connector to plg onto the JB4 pins. This otpt can activate a sensitive (500 ohm +) relay sch as a Potter & Brmfield KHU- 17D11-6. Connect a 150 ohm, 1/4 watt resistor across the relay coil. The Potter & Brmfield relay plgs into a socket (#27E166) which is shown in the accompanying figres. Note that it has for separate circits in SPDT form. This relay may be sed for local alarm, line seizre, or both. The phone jack mst be an RJ-31X, which is available from the phone company or a phone spply otlet. In operation, the Verbatim plgs into the RJ-31X jack and makes contact with the middle for pins, which are the standard red, green, yellow and black wires. Note that yo may combine the Local Alarm Relay with Line Seizre featre simply by sing one of the spare circits (3 or 4) for the local alarm. It breaks the downstream connections, thereby seizing the line, then waits two seconds to allow a dial tone to come p, then dials ot. H-8 Verbatim Owner's Manal

171 Verbatim Floobydst H.7.1 Line Seizre Installation 1. Wire the relay coil as described in the introdction. 2. Wire the for terminals of the telephone inpt terminal strip to the relay a follows (please refer to accompanying figres): Terminal Strip Relay R COM circit #2 G COM circit #1 Y N.C. circit #1 B N.C. circit #2 3. Wire the special RJ-31X line seizre jack as follows (refer to the accompanying figres): Connect a jmper wire from terminals 1 to 3 and a second jmper wire from terminals 6 to 8. Connect the incoming telephone line red wire to terminal 4 and the green wire to terminal 5. Connect the downstream extension phones to terminals 1 and Plg the Verbatim into the RJ-31X socket. 5. Program the Verbatim with code: ENTER This is the code for Line Seizre configration of the Local Alarm Relay. Verbatim Owner's Manal H-9

172 Verbatim Floobydst Wiring the RJ-31X Line Seizre Jack Diagram Wiring the RJ-31X Line Seizre Jack Telephone Line In Red Green RJ-31X jack Verbatim RACO Verbatim Phone Plg Downstream Phones Inside the Verbatim Gateway JB C 4 C COM COIL 150 ohm resistor N.C N.O. Relay Socket P&B 27E166 R G Y B H-10 Verbatim Owner's Manal

173 Verbatim Floobydst H.8 Heater / Thermostat Option The heater/thermostat option is intended to provide warming of the prodct when it is exposed to particlarly cold ambient temperatres. The thermostat applies 120 VAC power to two chassis-monted resistors, when it senses temperatres below approximately 40 degrees F. The resistors dissipate a combined 75 watts of power. The amont of temperatre elevation above ambient temperatre that this provides depends on the thermal inslation of the enclosre and heat sinking into the srface which the nit is monted to. The nit s alminm enclosre provides relatively little thermal inslation by itself. However if RACO s fiberglass NEMA 4X enclosre option is sed, a temperatre elevation of abot 75 degrees is provided. If the nit is to be powered by something other than 120 VAC and yo need a heater/thermostat, conslt factory. Heater/Thermostat Option Power sorce reqired Power dissipated when activated Nominal activation temperatre Nominal heat rise in fiberglass NEMA 4X enclosre 120 VAC 75 watts 40 deg F 75 deg F Verbatim Owner's Manal H-11

174 Verbatim Floobydst Heater/Thermostat Monting and Wiring Diagram H-12 Verbatim Owner's Manal

175 Verbatim Floobydst H.9 Connecting to a Radio Transmitter If yo have a radio transmitter that can provides for external connection of an adio signal inpt and also for connection of an external contact closre to key on the transmitter, yo may connect it to the Verbatim atodialer. However yo shold also consider the alternative of sing RACO s CELLULARM celllar phone system, which provides a sperior means of signalling where reglar land line phone service is not available. Note that the radio operation described below is not compatible with installation of the Telephone Line Seizre option. To obtain the contact closre sed to key on the transmitter, it is necessary to solder some special connections on the back of the main circit board. This step is not necessary if yor nit has been spplied from the factory with the RF Interface option. First, disconnect the gel cell battery and remove all AC power connections. Remove any option cards. Then careflly remove the speech card located at the top of the nit, via its two monting screws. Be carefl to retain the plastic spacers located behind these screws, for se when replacing this speech card. Flex the card slightly to clear the two monting pegs and pll the card straight otward. Remove the main circit board by removing the six 6-32 monting screws. Yo may also wish to nplg the contact inpt terminal strips and the ribbon cable which leads to the front panel. Solder a pair of jmper wires to the back of the board as indicated in the Jmper Wires for RF Link Diagram. This step connects the axiliary contacts of off-hook relay K1, to the Y and B terminals of telephone terminal strip TS2. Re-assemble the nit and restore any connections which were removed. Be sre that the ribbon cable s connector is accrately and firmly seated. Connect the Y and B terminals on TS2, to the external keying inpt of yor transmitter. The transmitter will now be keyed on whenever the off-hook relay is activated. The method of adio connection depends on whether the prodct is to be connected to a reglar phone line in addition to the radio transmitter. If a sensitive microphone inpt is sed, additional attenation may be reqired to avoid overloading the adio inpt. If phone line operation is reqired in addition to radio operation, establish the adio connection into the transmitter via jack AJ1, as described in the section on EXTERNAL SPEAKER CONNECTIONS. Verbatim Owner's Manal H-13

176 Verbatim Floobydst If no phone line operation is reqired, yo may instead remove the phone cord and obtain an isolated 600 ohm, line-level adio signal at the TIP and RING terminals of TS2. In operation, the transmitter will be keyed on whenever the off-hook relay is activated -- i.e. whenever the prodct is attempting to place or answer a phone call. Ths, if an ordinary phone line is also sed, all phone activity will also be transmitted. If no phone line is sed, it will still be necessary to program a "dmmy" phone nmber consisting of a single digit "1", sing program code Also, program for toch tone dialing sing program code When the nit goes into alarm, it will activate the off-hook relay and therefore the transmitter. Then it will isse the single digit tone, and a few seconds later it will begin the speech message, contining as it wold for a reglar phone call. The nmber of message repeats may be altered if desired, sing program code 907. If a phone line is also sed, program the appropriate phone nmbers as yo wold ordinarily do. All phone calls will also be transmitted by radio. If yo desire to have selected "calls" go ot only over the air and not to any real phone nmber, program the single "dmmy" phone nmber as described above. This single digit will silence the dial tone which wold otherwise be broadcast along with the speech message. Alarm calls will contine ntil acknowledged, nless the nit is programmed to cease calling when the alarm violation ceases, sing program code In order to acknowledge alarms, it will be necessary to phone the nit back (if a phone line connection is also being sed), or else press one of the keys on the front panel. If a two-way transceiver is available which incldes some kind of tone signalling and detection featre that reslts in momentary closre of a local relay contact at the atodialer locations, this contact may be sed to place inqiry calls to the nit and also to acknowledge alarms, by radio. Contact factory for details. Note that it will not be possible to perform remote programming of the nit with these radio connections. A CELLULARM celllar system eliminates all sch contraints. H-14 Verbatim Owner's Manal

177 Verbatim Floobydst TS2 Connection Diagram TS2 TIP RING Y B AUDIO INPUT TRANSMITTER XMITTER KEY ON Jmper Wires For RF Link Diagram Verbatim Owner's Manal H-15

178 Verbatim Floobydst H.10 Calling a Pager H.10.1 Introdction It has become fairly common to have the atodialer call a pager system with an alarm call. The dialer is well eqipped to handle many of the crrent pager protocols, and an overall nderstanding of the seqence of events will make the reqired programming go smoother. Typically, a call to the pager is placed. After a short period (sally 5-12 seconds), the pager answers then gives a beep or a short brst of beeps. This is the signal to begin entering the nmber yo want to be received and displayed by the beeper. When the information is complete, the pager terminal will hang p.! Note: RACO strongly recommends that yo program other personnel phone nmbers at the appropriate place in the dialing list. This is to insre that if for some reason the pager system cannot be activated, yo will get a timely warning from yor atodialer. H.10.2 General Programming Considerations In most cases, the entire pager calling seqence is handled within the dialing string of the Verbatim. That is, it is all part of the phone nmber. The nit will handle p to 60 digits, inclding any timing delays yo insert. The dialer mst be programmed for toch tone dialing (program code 9011), as a pager terminal will not recognize plse dialing. Nmeric Pager Spport Spport for Nmeric Pagers is comprised of a nmber of Verbatim atodialer featres: l l l Ability to add delays into a phone nmber string Often needed to pase after dialing the pager system's digits and emitting the caller's ID digits in the phone string. Ability to add DTMF # (or DTMF*) into a phone nmber string Often needed as a terminator character to inform the paging system that the last digit has been entered. Ability to add a pase for tone detect anywhere in the phone nmber string Sometimes sed to detect the paging system's beep(s) heard after it answers. H-16 Verbatim Owner's Manal

179 Verbatim Floobydst l l Ability to defeat voice annnciation for a specific phone nmber Often jst dialing the pager system and emitting a DTMF ID seqence is sfficient for that phone call. Voice reports only delay the calling of sbseqent nmbers. Ability to add DTMF A, B, C, and D tones to phone nmber string These DTMF characters don't appear on standard telephones and may be sed to differentiate atomation eqipment from hmans calling the paging system. Except for simple delays, entry of these additional digits into a phone nmber string reqires a two key seqence. For example, to enter a '#' character into a phone nmber string, either at the front panel or over the phone, press the '*' key followed by the 8 key. This two key seqence will enter the single '#' character into phone nmber string. The complete list of special digits is as follows: Desired Reslt User Enters Voice Speaks DTMF 'A' in phone string *1 A DTMF 'B' in phone string *2 B DTMF 'C' in phone string *3 C DTMF 'D' in phone string *4 D No voice annnciation for this nmber *5 PHONE Pase for tone detect *6 TONE DTMF '*' in phone string *7 STAR DTMF '#' in phone string *8 POUND Case 1: Simplest Case Pager The simplest case is when yo only have to call the pager and can hang p as soon as it answers, with no information being passed to the pager except that someone called. If yo have only one dialer (and no one else ses the nmber!) yo assme that any call from the pager is a Verbatim alarm call, and proceed from there. Of corse, if yo had two possible callers, yo woldn't know which one had called. Example: Set the first phone nmber to call the pager, the second phone nmber to call the plant foreman. Program * ENTER. (here, 701 signifies the first phone nmber, 9 to get an otside line, *6 to get an otside line dial tone, or hypothetical long distance call to a pager, and ENTER to complete the phone nmber). Program * ENTER (this is the second phone nmber, to call the foreman in case the pager call doesn't get throgh). Verbatim Owner's Manal H-17

180 Verbatim Floobydst Case 2: Passing a Phone Nmber to a Pager Some pager systems will allow the caller to enter a phone nmber (or other ID nmber), which is then relayed on to the beeper. When the person with the beeper gets the call, he will know immediately from the nmber which dialer has called. This is a good system if yo are sing mltiple dialers, or have other pager calls in addition to atodialers. Example: Consider the following example of initiating a call to a paging system. We will assme here we don't have to dial 9 to get an otside line for this example. The paging terminal phone nmber is entered, followed by a CPM wait *6 to wait for the pager to beep. After that, an ID nmber is entered. Often the ID nmber is simply the phone nmber at the Verbatim atodialer site. A # terminator *8 is inserted. Finally, the characters *5 are added to designate this phone session as a pager call and not a voice annnciation. Entry of additional delay digits may be reqired for proper timing of the pager call session. The phone nmber string for this example with the first phone nmber calling a pager, is: * *8 *5 v Program ENTER (this is the second phone nmber, to call the foreman in case the pager call doesn't get throgh). Exception: With some pager systems, Call Progress Monitoring (CPM) on may case a delay that will not allow the pager message to be transmitted in the time allowed. If this is the case with yor paging system, either have CPM in the defalt off state or, if yo want CPM on, time delays can be sed in the place of *6 pase for tone detect. The critical task here is to time the delay from the last digit dialed ntil the pager beeps. The delay time needed can be determined by sing a stopwatch or a clock with a second hand. Yo want to time this delay to the nearest second, then add 1 second to be sre. Conslt the diagram on page H-20 to see the time line of events, then program the dialer. Example 1: MINUS # Delays are added by pressing the MINUS # key on the front panel. Each delay is normally 1 second, bt can be programmed (sing 928 N) to be any length from 1 to 10 seconds. H-18 Verbatim Owner's Manal

181 Verbatim Floobydst We made each delay 2 seconds long by programming code 928 to be 2 seconds for each delay sed: program ENTER. We then called the pager, and determined timed the delay between the last digit dialed and the pager beep was 6 seconds. We programmed or pager phone nmber: ### *8 *5, where # are delays inserted. Example 2: In this example we will enter an ID nmber before entering a phone nmber into the pager. The pager phone nmber is The ID nmber is The dialer is at Calling the pager by hand from the dialer site, we find the following: l dial pager l wait for pager to answer (6 seconds) l pager beep l enter ID (7711) l wait for new pager prompt (2 seconds) l enter dialer phone nmber ( ) l hang p The phone nmber to enter will look something like: (delay 1) 7711 (delay 2) l In or example we programmed Phone #1: ### 7711 # ENTER (Remember that each # represents a 3 second delay). l and Phone #2: ENTER (or foreman again) Verbatim Owner's Manal H-19

182 Verbatim Floobydst Case 2 Pager Calling Seqence (ex. 1) Case 2: Pager Calling Seqence Using Delays (Example 1) Note that this delay is normally abot 5-12 seconds Pager Phone # TIME Time this Delay Verbatim Phone # or Identifier Last Digit in Dialing String Pager Answers Beep Case 2 Pager Calling Seqence (ex. 2) Case 2: Pager Calling Seqence Using Delays (Example 2) Note that this delay is normally abot 5-12 seconds Pager Phone # Time this Delay Access ID# Pager Delay 1234 Verbatim Phone # or Identifier TIME Last Digit in Dialing String Pager Answers Beep H-20 Verbatim Owner's Manal

183 Verbatim Floobydst Celllarm Celllar Commnications Diagram (AC Only) Verbatim Owner's Manal H-21

184 Verbatim Floobydst Celllarm Celllar Commnications Diagram (12V DC Only) H-22 Verbatim Owner's Manal

185 Verbatim Floobydst Celllarm Celllar Commnications Diagram (24V DC Only) Verbatim Owner's Manal H-23

186 Verbatim Floobydst Verbatim Enclosre Otline Diagram Verbatim Enclosre Diagram VERBIAM.FH4 DATE: 07/31/95 REV: 2.0c re H-24 Verbatim Owner's Manal

187 Verbatim Floobydst NEMA 4X Enclosre Diagram NEMA 4X Enclosre Mechanical Drawing 11.5" NEMA 4X ENCLOSURE 12.5" 13.5" 8" RECTANGULAR MOUNTING CENTERS: 8" W x 12.5" H OVERALL DIMENSIONS 11.5" W x 13.5" H x 5.5" D Verbatim Owner's Manal H-25

188 Verbatim Floobydst Motherboard Component Diagram H-26 Verbatim Owner's Manal

189 Verbatim Floobydst Jmper Block Diagram Verbatim Owner's Manal H-27

190 Verbatim Floobydst H.11 Jmper Configrations Main Board VMP-5A JB1 - configres sockets U3 and U4 for the size of EPROM chip sed. Placement of shorting block: l left hand two pins- 2 meg EPROMs (for ftre se) l right hand two pins- 1meg and 512k EPROMs (factory defalt) JB2 - configres sockets U1 and U2 for the size of RAM chip sed. Placement of shorting block: l left hand two pins- 1 meg or 256k RAMs (factory defalt) l right hand two pins- 2 meg RAMs (for ftre se) JB3 - RESET. Short these two pins together for abot 2 seconds (a screwdriver works fine) to clear the programming back to factory defalts. JB4 - Local Alarm Relay/ Line Seizre Relay otpt. Upper pin is grond, lower pin spplies 5vdc on alarm to activate the relay. JB5 - SYSTEM RESET. Short these two pins together for abot two seconds to reset the system hardware. JB6 - factory se only JB7 - factory se only JB8 - configres jack AJ-1 to be either an adio otpt jack or a 12vdc power inpt jack. Placement of shorting block: l pper two pins makes AJ-1 an adio otpt jack, for sing an external speaker or connecting to another adio system. l lower two pins makes AJ-1 a 12vdc power inpt jack for powering the nit from an external sorce. JB9 - factory se only H-28 Verbatim Owner's Manal

191 Verbatim Floobydst Speech Board VSPE-2 JB101 - position of jmper varies with the firmware version Placement of shorting block: l left hand two pins if the firmware version is 2.00 or higher. Speech RAM is to be placed in the board beginning with U103 then U104 and so on p to 8 RAM chips. l right hand two pins if the firmware version is 1.36 or below. A maximm of two speech RAM may be sed. If sing jst one RAM chip, it goes in socket U104. A second one if sed can go in U105 (U103 is skipped). Verbatim Owner's Manal H-29

192 Verbatim Floobydst H-30 Verbatim Owner's Manal

193 Verbatim Atodialer Specifications I Verbatim TM Series VSS Atodialer Specification I.1 Description & Phone Nmber Dialing The atodialer shall be a solid state component capable of dialing p to 16 phone nmbers, each p to 60 digits in length. Phone nmbers and Standard plse dialing or Toch Tone DTMF dialing are ser programmable via the system s keyboard or Toch Tone phone. Frther, the atodialer shall be capable of connecting, via a single serial interface cable, to a variety of Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs), Distribted Control Systems (DCSs) & SCADA systems. Serial interfacing methods shall incorporate commonly sed standard indstrial network protocols sch as Modicon, Inc. Modbs RTU I.2 Solid State Voice Message Recording and Playback The nit shall have two different categories of speech message capability, all implemented with permanent non-volatile solid state circitry with no mechanical tape mechanisms. The nit shall allow for message recording from a remote telephone as well as from the front panel. I.2.1 User Field Recorded Messages The ser may record and re-record his own voice messages, for each inpt channel and for the Station ID. 1. There shall be no limit on the length of any particlar message, within the overall available message recording time, which shall be 409 seconds for 36 total channel nits and 624 seconds for 57 total or more channel nits. 2. The nit shall allow selective recording of both Normal and Alarm advisory messages for each inpt channel. 3. The nit shall provide for atomatic setting of the optimm speech memory sage rate for the total set of messages recorded, in order to achieve optimm recording sond qality. 4. Circit board switches or jmper straps shall not be acceptable means of maniplating message length or recording rates. Verbatim Owner's Manal I-1

194 Verbatim Atodialer Specifications I.2.2 Permanent Resident Non-Recorded Messages Permanent bilt-in messages shall be inclded to spport ser programming operations, to provide spplemental warning messages sch as advising that the alarms have been disabled, and to allow the nit to be flly fnctional even when the installer has not recorded any messages of his own. I.3 Local & Remote Programming Capabilities The ser may optionally elect to alter the following parameters from their standard normal defalt vales via keyboard entry or remotely from any Toch Tone phone. Capability Alarm Call Groping Alarm response delay Delay between alarm call ots Alarm reset time: Incoming ring response (answer) delay Inpt alarm criteria Atocall Test Rn Time Meter Remote system microphone activation. Remote and local arming and disarming of system. Plse Totalizer Fnction. Setting/Description On alarm, system shall selectively call the correct phone nmbers according to the crrent alarm(s)..1 to seconds..1 to 99.9 mintes. 0.1 to 99 hors or NO RESET. 1 to 20 rings. Each channel shall be independently configred for Normally Closed, Normally Open, No Alarm," or "Disabled." When enabled, the nit shall place a single rond of test calls, both at the time this fnction is enabled and also at reglar sbseqent intervals ntil this fnction is disabled at the keyboard. Selected physical channel inpts shall accmlate and report the nmber of hors that its inpt contacts have been closed. Selected physical inpt channels shall be capable of conting plses of p to 100Hz. at 50% dty cycle. I-2 Verbatim Owner's Manal

195 Verbatim Atodialer Specifications I.4 Nonvolatile Program Memory Retention User-entered programming and voice messages shall be kept intact even dring power failres or when all power is removed for p to ten years. I.5 Acknowledgment Acknowledgment of an alarm phone call is to be accomplished by pressing a Toch Tone 9 as the alarm call is being received, and/or by retrning a phone call to the nit after having received an alarm call. I.6 Remote (PLC) Channel Monitoring Fnction The nit shall continosly scan all properly configred Remote Channels. The nit shall monitor remote channels which physically reside in other indstrial eqipment interfaced to the Verbatim via the serial interface. The nit shall be capable of interfacing to at least two PLC networks simltaneosly. The nit shall be capable of monitoring any PLC data register regardless of register type, whether digital, analog, inpt, otpt or stats point. Alarm criteria shall be settable according data register type. For digital remote channels, alarm criteria shall be settable for normally 0 or normally 1. For analog remote channels, both a high setpoint and a low setpoint alarm criteria shall be settable. Violation of alarm criteria at any remote channel shall case the nit to go into alarm state and begin dial-ots. All remote channel alarm criteria shall be settable either at the front panel of the nit of over the telephone sing tochtone commands. The nit shall be capable of writing data to any PLC data register to which writing data is a legal operation. The nit shall monitor any failre of the active serial commnications channels. Upon failre of any commnications channel the nit shall enter the alarm state and begin dial-ots. The nit shall be capable of transferring data between one remote channel on one serial commnications network and another remote channel on a second serial commnications network. The nit shall also be capable of transferring data between remote channels on a serial commnications network and physical channels within the nit. The nit shall be optionally pgradable to incorporate provision for 32, 64 or 96 total remote channels. Verbatim Owner's Manal I-3

196 Verbatim Atodialer Specifications I.7 Inpt Monitoring Fnction The nit shall continosly monitor the presence of AC power and the stats of for contact closre inpts. Unit shall optionally be field pgradeable to incorporate a total of 8, 16, 24, or 32 dry contact inpts. AC power failre, or violation of the alarm criteria at any inpt, shall case the nit to go into alarm stats and begin dial-ots. Unit shall, pon a single program entry, atomatically accept all inpt states as the normal non-alarm state, eliminating possible confsion abot Normally Open verss Normally Closed inpts. Frther, as a diagnostic aid, nit shall have the capability of directly annoncing the state of any given inpt as crrently Open Circit or Closed Circit, withot distrbing any message programming. Each inpt channel shall also be independently programmable, withot need to maniplate circit board switches or jmpers, as Normally Open or Normally Closed, or for No Alarm (Stats Only), or for Plse Totalizing, or for Rn Time Metering. I.8 Rn Time Meter Inpts Any dry contact inpt can be programmed to accmlate and report the nmber of hors their respective inpt circits have been closed. Any sch channels will never case an alarm, bt on inqiry will recite the channel s message according to the stats of the inpt and then report the closed circit time to the tenth of an hor. The inpt will accmlate and report in tenths of hors p to a total accmlated rnning time of 99,999.9 hors. The initial vale of the Rn Time Meter shall be programmable in order to agree with existing electromechanical Rn Time Meters. Up to a total of 8 Rn Time Meters may be programmed. I.9 Plse Totalizer Inpts Any dry contact inpt can be programmed to accmlate the nmber of plses (momentary contact closres) occrring at the inpt. The maximm inpt plse rate mst not exceed 100 plses per second, and if the rate is over 50 plses per second, the plses mst have a 50% dty cycle. The ser shall be able to program an initial starting vale and a scale factor for each plse totalizer inpt. The plse totalizer inpt shall case an alarm call pon reaching a ser defined alarm setpoint. I.10 Alarm Message Upon initiating an alarm phone call, the system is to speak only those channels that are crrently in alarm stats. I-4 Verbatim Owner's Manal

197 Verbatim Atodialer Specifications I.11 Commnications Protocol The nit shall interface to standard networks commonly sed in indstrial installations. The nit shall be capable of network commnications sing the Modbs RTU protocol. I.12 Diagnostics The nit shall inclde ser commands to execte diagnostics of the PLC network to determine the health of the network. The nit shall inform the ser of the length of scan time for the set of all configred remote channels. The nit shall provide a complete verbal report of all programmable fnctions and their programmed vales on command form any remote Toch Tone phone. I.13 Speakerphone The nit shall be capable of dialing any phone nmber on command and fnction as a speakerphone. I.14 Inqiry Message and Fnction Inqiry phone calls can be made directly to the nit at any time from any telephone, locally or long distance, for a complete stats report of all variables being monitored, inclding power stats. I.15 Power Battery Backp Normal power shall be VAC, 15 watts nominal. The prodct is to contain its own gel cell rechargeable battery which is atomatically kept charged when AC power is present. The system shall operate on battery power for a minimm of 13 continos hors in the event of AC power failre. A shorter backp time shall not be acceptable. The bilt-in charger shall be precision voltage controlled, not a trickle charger, in order to minimize recharge time and maximize battery life available. I.16 Phone Line The atodialer is to se a standard rotary plse or Toch Tone dial-p phone line (direct leased line not to be reqired) and is to be F.C.C. approved. Connection to the telephone is throgh a 4-pin modlar jack (RJ-11). Verbatim Owner's Manal I-5

198 Verbatim Atodialer Specifications the main circit board shall not be an acceptable sbstitte. The installer shall provide a good electrical grond connection point near the nit to maximize the effectiveness of the srge protection. I.17 Local Data Logging The system shall inclde a parallel printer interface for local data logging. The local printer will atomatically print ot, with date and time stamp, each activity that occrs; alarms, acknowledgements, programming entries, inqiry calls, etc.. For the prpose of easy program review the ser shall be able to printot on demand all ser entered programming. I.18 Pblic Address Broadcast The standard dialer shall provide a mini phone jack for optional connection to a local pblic address system. If connected to the PA system the dialer shall broadcast all alarm messages over the PA system and the telephone simltaneosly. I.19 Integral Srge Protection All power, phone line, dry contact, and analog signal inpts shall be protected at the circit board to IEEE Standard 587, category B (6,000 volts open circit/ 3,000 amps closed circit). Gas tbes followed by solid state protectors shall be integral to the circit board for each sch line. Protectors monted external to the main circit board shall not be an acceptable sbstitte. The installer shall provide a good electrical grond connection point near the nit to maximize the effectiveness of the srge protection. I.20 Warranty The dialer shall be covered by a five (5) year warranty covering parts and labor performed at the Factory. I.21 Modlar Upgrades The system shall inclde expansion connectors to accommodate field pgrades for additional internal dry contact inpts, remote spervisory control otpts, and internal analog inpts, CDL, SCADA. I-6 Verbatim Owner's Manal

199 Verbatim Atodialer Specifications I.22 Additional Featres: Sealed Switches, LED Indicators, Alarm Disable Warning, TalkThrogh All keyboard and front panel switches shall be sealed to prevent contamination. Front panel LED s shall indicate: Normal Operation, Program Mode, Phone Call in Progress, Stats for each channel, AC Power Present, AC Power Failre, and Low, Discharging or Recharging Battery. On any Inqiry telephone call or On Site stats check, the voice shall provide specific warning if no dialot phone nmbers are entered, or if the nit is in the alarm disable mode, or if AC power is off or has been off since last reset. A bilt-in microphone shall allow anyone at a remote phone to listen to local sonds and have a two-way conversation with personnel at the dialer. I.23 Special Order Items The following options shall be available on specific order: a) 4, 12, 20, or 28 extra contact channels (8,16,24, or 32 respectively, total.) b) 32, 64, 96 remote channels c) 1, 4, 8, or 16 analog channels. d) Remote spervisory control (4 or 8 otpts). e) Celllar telephone commnications. f) Radio commnications interface. g) NEMA 4X (sealed) enclosre. h) Thermostatically controlled heater. Specifications sbject to change withot notice. Verbatim Owner's Manal I-7

200 Verbatim Atodialer Specifications I-8 Verbatim Owner's Manal

201 Worksheets J Worksheets Verbatim Owner's Manal J-1

202 Worksheets Worksheet A Programming Part 1: Phone Nmber Programming 2-Digit Use Phone Nmber Person Phone Nmber Program (Inclding any necessary Designation Code prefixes or area codes) 01 (First) (Second) (Third) (Forth) (Fifth) (Sixth) (Seventh) (Eighth) (Ninth) (Tenth) (Eleventh) (Twelfth) (Thirteenth) (Forteenth) (Fifteenth) (Sixteenth) 716 Part 2: Optional Programing Record of any optional programming to alter selected parameters from their normal defalt vales. (Sample highlighted) Program Parameter Defalt Write In Any Altered Code Description Vale Vales YoProgram 902 Alarm Trip Delay 2 seconds 40 seconds J-2 Verbatim Owner's Manal

203 Worksheets Worksheet B Alarm Call Groping Programming Prpose: To link certain inpt channels to call only selected phone nmbers. See Section Part 1: Grop Description Naming As an organizational step, write in a Grop Description Name (Electrical, Secrity, etc.) for each of yor phone nmber grops, and the two-digit designation nmber of the phone nmbers yo want inclded in each grop. Refer to the filled-in example below. This shold be done only after yo have already entered yor entire list of p to 16 phone nmbers on Worksheet A. (Sample highlighted) 2-Digit Phone # Grop Description Designation (Electrical, etc.) (Taken from Worksheet A) Maintenance 01, 04, 05, 06 Electrical 03, 04 Secrity 02, 05 Verbatim Owner's Manal J-3

204 Worksheets J-4 Verbatim Owner's Manal! Worksheet B Alarm Call Groping Programming Cont... Part 2: Linking Channels To Grops For each inpt channel that yo wish to have linked to one of yor grops, write in yor chosen Grop Description Name (Electrical, etc.), and the corresponding set of 2-digit Phone Nmber Designations which yo established above. Finally, write in these same sets of 2-digit codes, withot the separating commas, to the right of the printed program code (501, etc.). This establishes the complete program code to enter for each channel that yo want linked to call only a selected grop of phone nmbers. (Sample highlighted) The filled-in sample, below, is for an 8-channel nit. Three grops were established, and 5 of the channels were linked to a grop. The remaining 3 channels were not linked to any grop, and therefore, those 3 nlinked channels wold dial the entire list of phone nmbers in reglar order. Note: Any channels that yo do not enter sch a program code for, will case dialing of the entire list of phone nmbers, when that channel goes into alarm. A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A Channel Linked to Grop Corresp. Phone # Desig's Est. Above Program Code to Enter O1 Secrity O2, O5 5O1 9 O2 O5 O2 Secrity O2, O5 5O2 9 O2 O5 O3 Electrical O3, O4 5O3 9 O3 O4 O4 Maintenance O1, O4, O5, O6 5O4 9 O1 O4 O5 O6 O5 5O5 9 O6 Electrical O3, O4 5O6 9 O3 O4 O7 5O7 9 O8 5O8 9

205 Worksheets Worksheet B Alarm Call Groping Programming Cont... (Page 1 of 6) Internal Inpt Channels Linked to Grop Corresp. Phone # Desig's Est. Above Program Code to Enter Verbatim Owner's Manal J-5

206 Worksheets Worksheet B Alarm Call Groping Programming Cont... (Page 2 of 6) Internal Inpt Channels Linked to Grop Corresp. Phone # Desig's Est. Above Program Code to Enter J-6 Verbatim Owner's Manal

207 Worksheets Worksheet B Alarm Call Groping Programming Cont... (Page 3 of 6) Remote Channels Linked to Grop Corresp. Phone # Desig's Est. Above Program Code to Enter Verbatim Owner's Manal J-7

208 Worksheets Worksheet B Alarm Call Groping Programming Cont... (Page 4 of 6) Remote Channels Linked to Grop Corresp. Phone # Desig's Est. Above Program Code to Enter J-8 Verbatim Owner's Manal

209 Worksheets Worksheet B Alarm Call Groping Programming Cont... (Page 5 of 6) Remote Channels Linked to Grop Corresp. Phone # Desig's Est. Above Program Code to Enter Verbatim Owner's Manal J-9

210 Worksheets Worksheet B Alarm Call Groping Programming Cont... (Page 6 of 6) Remote Channels Linked to Grop Corresp. Phone # Desig's Est. Above Program Code to Enter J-10 Verbatim Owner's Manal

211 Worksheets Verbatim Owner's Manal J-11 Total estimated recorded message length in seconds, this page A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A Inpt Channel Message Designation Program Code Message Content Approx. Length Station ID 100 Ch 01 Alarm 101 Ch 01 Normal 201 Ch 02 Alarm 102 Ch 02 Normal 202 Ch 03 Alarm 103 Ch 03 Normal 203 Ch 04 Alarm 104 Ch 04 Normal 204 Ch 05 Alarm 105 Ch 05 Normal 205 Ch 06 Alarm 106 Ch 06 Normal 206 Ch 07 Alarm 107 Ch 07 Normal 207 Ch 08 Alarm 108 Ch 08 Normal 208 Ch 09 Alarm 109 Ch 09 Normal 209 Ch 10 Alarm 110 Ch 10 Normal 210 Ch 11 Alarm 111 Ch 11 Normal 211 Ch 12 Alarm 112 Ch 12 Normal 212 Ch 13 Alarm 113 Ch 13 Normal 213 Ch 14 Alarm 114 Ch 14 Normal 214 Worksheet C Message Planning & Recording (Page 1 of 11)

212 Worksheets J-12 Verbatim Owner's Manal Worksheet C Message Planning & Recording (Page 2 of 11) A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A Inpt Channel Message Designation Program Code Message Content Approx. Length Ch 15 Alarm 115 Ch 15 Normal 215 Ch 16 Alarm 116 Ch 16 Normal 216 Ch 17 Alarm 117 Ch 17 Normal 217 Ch 18 Alarm 118 Ch 18 Normal 218 Ch 19 Alarm 119 Ch 19 Normal 219 Ch 20 Alarm 120 Ch 20 Normal 220 Ch 21 Alarm 121 Ch 21 Normal 221 Ch 22 Alarm 122 Ch 22 Normal 222 Ch 23 Alarm 123 Ch 23 Normal 223 Ch 24 Alarm 124 Ch 24 Normal 224 Ch 25 Alarm 125 Ch 25 Normal 225 Ch 26 Alarm 126 Ch 26 Normal 226 Ch 27 Alarm 127 Ch 27 Normal 227 Ch 28 Alarm 128 Ch 28 Normal 228 Total estimated recorded message length in seconds, this page

213 Worksheets Verbatim Owner's Manal J-13 Worksheet C Message Planning & Recording (Page 3 of 11) A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A Inpt Channel Message Designation Program Code Message Content Approx. Length Ch 29 Alarm 129 Ch 29 Normal 229 Ch 30 Alarm 130 Ch 30 Normal 230 Ch 31 Alarm 131 Ch 31 Normal 231 Ch 32 Alarm 132 Ch 32 Normal 232 Ch 33 Alarm 133 Ch 33 Normal 233 Ch 34 Alarm 134 Ch 34 Normal 234 Ch 35 Alarm 135 Ch 35 Normal 235 Ch 36 Alarm 136 Ch 36 Normal 236 Ch 37 Alarm 137 Ch 37 Normal 237 Ch 38 Alarm 138 Ch 38 Normal 238 Ch 39 Alarm 139 Ch 39 Normal 239 Ch 40 Alarm 140 Ch 40 Normal 240 Ch 41 Alarm 141 Ch 41 Normal 241 Ch 42 Alarm 142 Ch 42 Normal 242 Total estimated recorded message length in seconds, this page

214 Worksheets J-14 Verbatim Owner's Manal Worksheet C Message Planning & Recording (Page 4 of 11) Total estimated recorded message length in seconds, this page A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A Inpt Channel Message Designation Program Code Message Content Approx. Length Ch 43 Alarm 143 Ch 43 Normal 243 Ch 44 Alarm 144 Ch 44 Normal 244 Ch 45 Alarm 145 Ch 45 Normal 245 Ch 46 Alarm 146 Ch 46 Normal 246 Ch 47 Alarm 147 Ch 47 Normal 247 Ch 48 Alarm 148 Ch 48 Normal 248 Remote Channel Message Designation Program Code Message Content Approx. Length NET 1 ID Ch 01 Alarm 4101 Ch 01 Normal 4201 Ch 02 Alarm 4102 Ch 02 Normal 4202 Ch 03 Alarm 4103 Ch 03 Normal 4203 Ch 04 Alarm 4104 Ch 04 Normal 4204

215 Worksheets Verbatim Owner's Manal J-15 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A Remote Channel Message Designation Program Code Message Content Approx. Length Ch 05 Alarm 4105 Ch 05 Normal 4205 Ch 06 Alarm 4106 Ch 06 Normal 4206 Ch 07 Alarm 4107 Ch 07 Normal 4207 Ch 08 Alarm 4108 Ch 08 Normal 4208 Ch 09 Alarm 4109 Ch 09 Normal 4209 Ch 10 Alarm 4110 Ch 10 Normal 4210 Ch 11 Alarm 4111 Ch 11 Normal 4211 Ch 12 Alarm 4112 Ch 12 Normal 4212 Ch 13 Alarm 4113 Ch 13 Normal 4213 Ch 14 Alarm 4114 Ch 14 Normal 4214 Ch 15 Alarm 4115 Ch 15 Normal 4215 Ch 16 Alarm 4116 Ch 16 Normal 4216 Ch 17 Alarm 4117 Ch 17 Normal 4217 Worksheet C Message Planning & Recording (Page 5 of 11) Total estimated recorded message length in seconds, this page

216 Worksheets J-16 Verbatim Owner's Manal Worksheet C Message Planning & Recording (Page 6 of 11) A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A Remote Channel Message Designation Program Code Message Content Approx. Length Ch 18 Alarm 4118 Ch 18 Normal 4218 Ch 19 Alarm 4119 Ch 19 Normal 4219 Ch 20 Alarm 4120 Ch 20 Normal 4220 Ch 21 Alarm 4121 Ch 21 Normal 4221 Ch 22 Alarm 4122 Ch 22 Normal 4222 Ch 23 Alarm 4123 Ch 23 Normal 4223 Ch 24 Alarm 4124 Ch 24 Normal 4224 Ch 25 Alarm 4125 Ch 25 Normal 4225 Ch 26 Alarm 4126 Ch 26 Normal 4226 Ch 27 Alarm 4127 Ch 27 Normal 4227 Ch 28 Alarm 4128 Ch 28 Normal 4228 Ch 29 Alarm 4129 Ch 29 Normal 4229 Ch 30 Alarm 4130 Ch 30 Normal 4230 Total estimated recorded message length in seconds, this page

217 Worksheets Verbatim Owner's Manal J-17 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A Remote Remote Channel Channel Message Message Designation Designation Program Program Code Code Message Content Message Content Approx. Approx. Length Length Ch 31 Alarm 4131 Ch 31 Normal 4231 Ch 32 Alarm 4132 Ch 32 Normal 4232 Ch 33 Alarm 4133 Ch 33 Normal 4233 Ch 34 Alarm 4134 Ch 34 Normal 4234 Ch 35 Alarm 4135 Ch 35 Normal 4235 Ch 36 Alarm 4136 Ch 36 Normal 4236 Ch 37 Alarm 4137 Ch 37 Normal 4237 Ch 38 Alarm 4138 Ch 38 Normal 4238 Ch 39 Alarm 4139 Ch 39 Normal 4239 Ch 40 Alarm 4140 Ch 40 Normal 4240 Ch 41 Alarm 4141 Ch 41 Normal 4241 Ch 42 Alarm 4142 Ch 42 Normal 4242 Ch 43 Alarm 4143 Ch 43 Normal 4243 Ch 44 Alarm 4144 Ch 44 Normal 4244 Ch 45 Alarm 4145 Ch 45 Normal 4245 Worksheet C Message Planning & Recording (Page 7 of 11) Total estimated recorded message length in seconds, this page

218 Worksheets J-18 Verbatim Owner's Manal Worksheet C Message Planning & Recording (Page 8 of 11) Total estimated recorded message length in seconds, this page A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A Remote Channel Message Designation Program Code Message Content Approx. Length Ch 46 Alarm 4146 Ch 46 Normal 4246 Ch 47 Alarm 4147 Ch 47 Normal 4247 Ch 48 Alarm 4148 Ch 48 Normal 4248 Ch 49 Alarm 4149 Ch 49 Normal 4249 Ch 50 Alarm 4150 Ch 50 Normal 4250 Ch 51 Alarm 4151 Ch 51 Normal 4251 Ch 52 Alarm 4152 Ch 52 Normal 4252 Ch 53 Alarm 4153 Ch 53 Normal 4253 Ch 54 Alarm 4154 Ch 54 Normal 4254 Ch 55 Alarm 4155 Ch 55 Normal 4255 Ch 56 Alarm 4156 Ch 56 Normal 4256 Ch 57 Alarm 4157 Ch 57 Normal 4257 Ch 58 Alarm 4158 Ch 58 Normal 4258

219 Worksheets Verbatim Owner's Manal J-19 Total estimated recorded message length in seconds, this page A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A Remote Channel Message Designation Program Code Message Content Approx. Length Ch 59 Alarm 4159 Ch 59 Normal 4259 Ch 60 Alarm 4160 Ch 60 Normal 4260 Ch 61 Alarm 4161 Ch 61 Normal 4261 Ch 62 Alarm 4162 Ch 62 Normal 4262 Ch 63 Alarm 4163 Ch 63 Normal 4263 Ch 64 Alarm 4164 Ch 64 Normal 4264 Ch 65 Alarm 4165 Ch 65 Normal 4265 Ch 66 Alarm 4166 Ch 66 Normal 4266 Ch 67 Alarm 4167 Ch 67 Normal 4267 Ch 68 Alarm 4168 Ch 68 Normal 4268 Ch 69 Alarm 4169 Ch 69 Normal 4269 Ch 70 Alarm 4170 Ch 70 Normal 4270 Ch 71 Alarm 4171 Ch 71 Normal 4271 Worksheet C Message Planning & Recording (Page 9 of 11)

220 Worksheets J-20 Verbatim Owner's Manal A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A Remote Channel Message Designation Program Code Message Content Approx. Length Ch 72 Alarm 4172 Ch 72 Normal 4272 Ch 73 Alarm 4173 Ch 73 Normal 4273 Ch 74 Alarm 4174 Ch 74 Normal 4274 Ch 75 Alarm 4175 Ch 75 Normal 4275 Ch 76 Alarm 4176 Ch 76 Normal 4276 Ch 77 Alarm 4177 Ch 77 Normal 4277 Ch 78 Alarm 4178 Ch 78 Normal 4278 Ch 79 Alarm 4179 Ch 79 Normal 4279 Ch 80 Alarm 4180 Ch 80 Normal 4280 Ch 81 Alarm 4181 Ch 81 Normal 4281 Ch 82 Alarm 4182 Ch 82 Normal 4282 Ch 83 Alarm 4183 Ch 83 Normal 4283 Ch 84 Alarm 4184 Ch 84 Normal 4284 Worksheet C Message Planning & Recording (Page 10 of 11) Total estimated recorded message length in seconds, this page

221 Worksheets Verbatim Owner's Manal J-21 Worksheet C Message Planning & Recording (Page 11 of 11) A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A Remote Channel Message Designation Program Code Message Content Approx. Length Ch 85 Alarm 4185 Ch 85 Normal 4285 Ch 86Alarm 4186 Ch 86 Normal 4286 Ch 87 Alarm 4187 Ch 87 Normal 4287 Ch 88 Alarm 4188 Ch 88 Normal 4288 Ch 89 Alarm 4189 Ch 89 Normal 4289 Ch 90 Alarm 4190 Ch 90 Normal 4290 Ch 91 Alarm 4191 Ch 91 Normal 4291 Ch 92 Alarm 4192 Ch 92 Normal 4292 Ch 93 Alarm 4193 Ch 93 Normal 4293 Ch 94 Alarm 4194 Ch 94 Normal 4294 Ch 95 Alarm 4195 Ch 95 Normal 4295 Ch 96 Alarm 4196 Ch 96 Normal 4296 Total estimated recorded message length in seconds, this page See next page to complete calclations

222 Worksheets Worksheet C Message Planning & Recording Calclations: Total estimated recorded message length in seconds, page 11 of 11 Total estimated recorded message length in seconds, page 10 of 11 Total estimated recorded message length in seconds, page 9 of 11 Total estimated recorded message length in seconds, page 8 of 11 Total estimated recorded message length in seconds, page 7 of 11 Total estimated recorded message length in seconds, page 6 of 11 Total estimated recorded message length in seconds, page 5 of 11 Total estimated recorded message length in seconds, page 4 of 11 Total estimated recorded message length in seconds, page 3 of 11 Total estimated recorded message length in seconds, page 2 of 11 Total estimated recorded message length in seconds, page 1 of 11 Total estimated recorded message length in seconds, all pages See Code 912 for alternate method of timing spoken messages.! Note: For any channels that yo have programmed for Stats Report Only or for Rn Time Metering, the message to be spoken on Open Circit inpt is recorded with the Program Code ordinarily sed for the Alarm Message; the message to be spoken on Closed Circit inpt is recorded with the program code ordinarily sed for the Normal Message. J-22 Verbatim Owner's Manal

223 Annnciator Seqences and Options K Annnciator Seqences and Options This appendix discsses Verbatim operations in the context of the ANSI/ISA- S18.1 Annnciator Seqences and Specifications standard. It also describes the options available for configring the Verbatim to spport a variety of seqence models. This information will be sefl for sers needing calling seqences different from the one discssed in Section 5. Note that the ANSI specification ses slightly different terminology from that sed here and elsewhere in this manal. Hopeflly, this won't case mch confsion. One concept central to this discssion is that of channel state. At any given time every armed channel is in one of the following 5 states: normal, alarm, acknowledged alarm, retrn to normal (RTN), acknowledged RTN. The precise meaning of these terms will be clarified later on. The term annnciator state is sed here to describe the actions and indications of the Verbatim. These inclde LED illmination,voice reporting and stats logging. An annnciator seqence consists of specifying how transitions between the channel states occr and how they impact the annnciator state. The Verbatim spports three distinct types of annnciator seqences. These are each discssed in the sbsections below. The next several paragraphs discss the properties they all share in common. The normal, alarm and RTN states are determined by comparing the channel's vale with the criteria settings. A transition into these states reqires that the condition persist for a time period referred to as the alarm trip delay. This provides hysteresis, or deboncing between the real-world signals and the channel state. The two acknowledged states are determined by operator actions. Unacknowledged alarms and RTNs transit to the acknowledged states by pressing keys on the front panel or entering DTMF tones over the phone. The Verbatim gives visal indications for the state of each channel or grop of channels. If normal, the LED is OFF. When alarmed, the LED is blinking. When acknowledged the LED is steady ON. The visal indications for the RTN states are seqence dependent, and described later. Verbatim Owner's Manal K-1

224 Annnciator Seqences and Options Adible indications for the channel states are also given. These take the form of voice reports either from the speaker or over the phone. These reports may be reqested at any time by pressing the CHECK STATUS key, or phoning the nit. Whenever any channel is in the nacknowledged alarm or RTN state, the Verbatim will solicit acknowledgment by phoning personel. The calling seqence itself is determined by the alarm call groping and alarm ready schedling configration. All adible indications can be silenced by pressing the ARM/DISARM key on the front panel. This action will also always acknowledge all nacknowledged conditions. Also, all annnciator state transitions and actions are sspended whenever the box is in program mode. Channel state transitions will still occr. The annnciator state may at any time be completely reset by pressing the ARM/DISARM key twice. This action will also reset the state of each channel. In terms of ANSI/ISA-S18.1, there is one more property that all Verbatim annnciator seqences share: there is no spport for the first ot seqence designations (F1, F2, F3). Grops of alarms and RTNs are always registered, reported and reset withot regard to which one tripped ot first. K.1 Standard Annnciator Seqence (Manal Reset) This section describes the defalt annnciator seqence sed by the Verbatim. It is a minor variant of the ANSI/ISA-S18.1 designation M-1 (Manal Reset with silence pshbtton). It may be configred by entering code in program mode. Operations in this seqence are detailed in Section 5. Briefly, channel states transit from normal to alarm when criteria violations persist for the trip delay. The alarm state is then locked in ntil acknowledgment is made. The transition from acknowledged back to normal happens pon manal reset or expiration of the alarm reset timer. The RTN states are omitted from the seqence. The annnciator states inclde only those visal and adible indications described above. Also, the annnciator seqence follows the transitions described there too. This seqence differs from the vanilla M-1 designation in two ways. The first involves the operation of the atomatic reset timer. The tre M-1 seqence is obtained by trning the alarm reset timers off (code 922). The second distinction involves configrations where no phone nmbers are programmed. Here the transition from alarm to acknowledged happens atomatically and immediately. There are never any adible or visal indications of the nacknowledged state. This seqence has ANSI designation M K-2 Verbatim Owner's Manal

225 Annnciator Seqences and Options K.2 Clear On Retrn To Normal (Atomatic Reset) This section describes annnciator seqence options that are variants of the ANSI designation A-1 (atomatic reset with silence pshbtton). The main distinction of these from the M-1 seqence is that the alarm state is atomatically reset when the channel enters the RTN state. The Verbatim seqences in this category differ amongst themselves mainly in when this RTN transition is allowed to occr. The basic A-1 seqence is obtained by execting code Channel states transit from normal to alarm when criteria violations persist for the trip delay. The alarm state is then locked in ntil acknowledgment is made. If no phone nmbers are configred, then this transition happens atomatically and immediately (A-1-5-6). Otherwise, operator action is reqired. The transition from acknowledged back to normal happens via manal reset or expiration of the alarm reset timer. It also happens whenever the criteria violation for an acknowledged alarm retrns to normal. Designation A-1-4 is obtained by code This seqence differs from A-1 only in that the nacknowledged alarms are not locked in. All visal and adible indications are atomatically reset whenever the criteria violations retrn to normal for the trip delay period. A minor variant of A-1-4 is obtained by code Here, the indications for an acknowledged alarm will not be reset ntil it has been reported once, regardless of RTN stats. Unacknowledged alarms will be reset completely withot any lock-in whatsoever. The implementation of these A-designates involves one wrinkle. The check for RTN condition is not performed continosly, bt rather only at specific times. Hence, changes that happen in the midst of a report may not be reflected in the annnciator state ntil some time later. K.3 Report Retrn To Normal (Ringback) This section describes the annnciator seqence option that provides explicit indications of RTN conditions. This is a variant of the R-1-8 designation (ringback with silence pshbtton and common ringback adible). There are two differences between R and M or A designations. First is that the RTN state can be entered only from the acknowledged alarm state. M has no notion of RTN at all, and A allows the transition at any time. Second is that R locks in RTN states ntil acknowledged, whereas A immediately resets. Verbatim Owner's Manal K-3

226 Annnciator Seqences and Options A variant of the R-1-8 seqence is obtained by execting code Channel states transit from normal to alarm when criteria violations persist for the trip delay. The alarm state is then locked in ntil acknowledgment is made. If no phone nmbers are configred, then this transition happens atomatically and immediately (R-1-5-6). Otherwise, operator action is reqired. The transition from acknowledged alarm to nacknowledged RTN is made whenever the criteria violation goes away for the trip delay period. The RTN state is then locked in ntil acknowledged. RTN acknowledgment is made in the same fashion as alarm acknowledgments. The channel states are reset either manally or by expiration of the reset timer. The reset timer begins rnning when the original alarm condition is acknowledged. This means that if a sfficiently long interval exists between acknowledgment of the alarm and the RTN, then the reset will happen immediately. The main differences between this variant and the standard R-1-8 seqence are as follows. First, there is no registration of momentary alarms once the RTN state is entered. Once the RTN state is acknowledged, no frther calls will be triggered ntil the channel is reset. This is to say transitions in the channel state may contine, bt will not be reflected in the annnciator state. Still, all reports will reflect the crrent state of the channels. Second, there is no visal indication for the RTN states. The LEDs will contine to reflect the acknowledged alarm stats. Third, the silence pshbtton stops all flashing LED indications. Forth, there is the atomatic reset timer. Unlike the implementation for the A designations, RTN conditions are checked continosly for all channels. So long as any nacknowledged alarm or RTN condition exists, the Verbatim will be making calls. Alarm conditions have priority. Hence, if an alarm is one call grop and an RTN is in another, no calls will be placed to the RTN grop ntil the alarm is acknowledged. If the trigger for a call is an RTN, then the report will explicitly mention this before reporting the stats of all channels in the grop. An RTN report mentions RTN conditions only. Any acknowledgment while in RTN calling state acknowledges RTN conditions only. In contrast, any operator acknowledgment dring an alarm call will also acknowledge all RTNs. Bt, the alarm reports do mention all nacknowledged RTN conditions. If a new alarm occrs on any channel while in the RTN calling state, a change from RTN to alarm calling will occr as soon as possible. This can happen no sooner than the completion of any report in progress. Sch reports may or may not inclde mention of the new condition depending on whether that channel has already been annonced. K-4 Verbatim Owner's Manal

227 Annnciator Seqences and Options K.4 Annnciator Seqence Option Smmary The following paragraphs provide a concise smmary of the available annnciator seqence options. The ANSI designator is given, along with the Verbatim configration code, followed by a short fnctional description. M-1: Manal Reset with Silence Pshbtton. Code (923 1) Alarm states are registered directly from configred criteria withot regard for retrn to normal conditions. Alarm states are locked in and dialer will contine to call ntil acknowledged. Acknowledged alarms are reset via atomatic timer. Total dialer reset andsilence via arm/disarm key. M-1-5-6: Manal Reset with Silence Pshbtton, No Flashing, and No Adible. Code (923 1) - with no phone nmbers programmed Same as M-1, except the alarm state is immediately converted to acknowledged state. A-1: Atomatic Reset with Silence Pshbtton. Code (923 3) Same as M-1 except the acknowledged alarm state will be cleared if the channel retrns to normal. The check for this transition occrs only when all alarms have been acknowledged. A-1-5-6: Atomatic Reset with Silence Pshbtton, No Flashing, and No Adible. Code (923 3) - with no phone nmbers programmed. Same as A-1, except the alarm state is immediately converted to the acknowledged state. A-1-4: Atomatic Reset with Silence Pshbtton and No Lock-in. Code (923 2) Same as M-1 except BOTH the acknowledged and nacknowledged alarm states will be cleared if the channel retrns to normal. The check for this transition occrs only in between alarm calls. A-1-4 variant: Atomatic Reset with Silence Pshbtton, No Lock-in, and Single Acknowledge Report. Code (923 4) Same as A-1-4 except the clearing for the acknowledged alarm can't happen ntil after a single report has been made. Verbatim Owner's Manal K-5

228 Annnciator Seqences and Options R-1-8: Ringback with Silence Pshbtton and Common Ringback Adible. Code (981 1) Alarm and Retrn to normal states are registered from criteria and locked-in. Dialer will contine to call ntil all alarm and RTN states are acknowledged. Acknowledged alarms and RTNS are reset via atomatic timer. Total dialer reset and silence via arm/disarm key. R-1-5-6: Ringback with Silence Pshbtton, No Flashing, and No Adible. Code (981 1) - with no phone nmbers programmed. Same as R-1-8 except all nacknowledged alarm and RTN states are immediately converted to the acknowledged state. K-6 Verbatim Owner's Manal

229 Glossary Glossary ACCESS CODE See Secrity Access Code. ACKNOWLEDGMENT The act of advising the Verbatim atodialer that its alarm message has been heard. This is done either by pressing a toch tone 9 at the prompting beep, or by calling the nit back after the alarm call has ended. Once acknowledged, frther activity on that particlar channel will not case frther dialing ntil the expiration of the Alarm Reset Time. See Section 5.1, Placing Inqiry Calls to the Verbatim atodialer, and Section 5.5, Acknowledging the Alarm Call." ALARM CALL GROUPING Special programming established to case specific inpt channels to case dialing of only selected phone nmbers. Used to provide separate alarm fnctions according to category of personnel, sch as maintenance, secrity, plmbing, etc. See Section 6.1, Program Codes. ALARM CONDITION For contact inpt channels, the Alarm Condition is the Open or Closed circit condition opposite to that which was established as the Normal Condition for that channel. For example, for a channel programmed as Normally Open, the Alarm Condition wold be Closed Circit. Also see Violation. See Sections 3.3, Programming Inpt Channels and 5.3, Receiving Alarm Calls. ALARM CRITERIA The chosen determination of what will constitte an alarm condition (violation) for a given channel. See Normally Closed. ALARM READY SCHEDULING A program setting which cases the Verbatim atodialer atomatically disarm for certain time periods. This fnction prevents the prodct from sending alarm telephone calls dring periods when personnel are stationed at the site and are able to deal with the problem directly. ALARM RESET TIME The period of time, beginning at the moment an alarm is acknowledged, dring which alarm dialing on behalf of that specific channel is sspended regardless of frther activity of its inpt circit. At the end of this period, the Acknowledged Alarm stats is cleared for that channel. See Section 5.6, Alarm Reset Timeot After Acknowledgment and Section 6, Advanced Programming. ALARM TRIP DELAY The time reqired for an inpt violation to remain in violation before the nit trips into the Unacknowledged Alarm state. See Section 6, Advanced Programming. Verbatim Owner's Manal Glossary-1

230 Glossary ANALOG Analog signals have variable vales of crrent or voltage, with the specific vale generally representing some physical parameter sch as water level or pressre. The most common type of analog signal is a 4-20 milliampere crrent loop, with a transmitter (transdcer and associated power spply) governing the crrent in a loop. This crrent is detected by one or more receiving devices in the loop, sch as an optional analog inpt channel on a Verbatim atodialer. AUTOCALL A special test calling fnction. When Atocall is trned on, the nit places test calls at reglar intervals to provide ongoing assrance of Verbatim atodialer and phone line operation. See Section 6, Advanced Programming. AUTODIALER A device which constantly monitors a set of inpts from varios external sensors, and places otgoing alarm calls when there is an alarm condition. It also allows inqiry calls. AUTOEXTEND A niqe featre on the Verbatim atodialer which atomatically extends the available message recording time as reqired, selecting the optimm speech memory rate for the ser s voice message recording. See Section 4.2.1, Verifying/Extending Recording Time. CALL BACK See Call Forward. CALL FORWARD The nit may be commanded from the panel or over the phone, to place a call to a specific phone nmber. This is called Call Forwarding. If the nmber called is that of the person commanding the call from a remote telephone, then it is termed Call Back. This is typically done for test prposes. See Section 5.8, Dialing Ot and Conversing Throgh the Verbatim atodialer, and Section 6, Advanced Programming. CALL OUT The action of the Verbatim atodialer placing calls to otside personnel or facilities. CDL (Central Data Logger) The combination of a modem, a serial interfaced printer and a special Raco-bilt interface box is called a Central Data Logger (CDL). A Raco atodialer/rtu may be configred to call and log data to the CDL printer. CDL RTUs first call the CDL printer to log alarm and stats information then proceed on to calling personnel by voice. CLOSED CIRCUIT CONDITION One of two possible states of a contact closre inpt circit. Closed Circit is the condition in which the contacts complete the electrical circit connection. Open Circit is the opposite condition, in which the contacts do not complete the electrical circit connection. The Open Circit condition is electrically eqivalent to having no connection to the inpt circit. A Closed Circit inpt will measre zero volts DC from the inpt connection to the common connection point. An Open Circit inpt will measre 5 volts DC. The Open or Closed Circit stats may Glossary-2 Verbatim Owner's Manal

231 Glossary also be read withot a voltmeter, by se of Program Code 0 ZZ 0, where ZZ is the 2-digit channel nmber. See Section 3.3, Programming Inpt Channels and 5.3, Receiving Alarm Calls. COMMON The combined electrical retrn connection point for all contact closre inpts. One side of all contact inpts are connected to Common. Physically, this Common connection point is any of the 4 terminals marked C on terminal strip TS1. The circit board internally connects Common to the AC grond (GREEN) terminal on terminal strip TS3. See Section 2, Installation. DEFAULT Programming vales which are bilt into the nit and remain in effect ntil the ser alters them. Also, permanently available speech messages which are tilized when the ser has not recorded his own messages. DELAY BETWEEN DIGITS In some applications, an extra waiting time is needed between dialed digits. For example in some PBX systems, a 9 mst be dialed, followed by a waiting time of several seconds before the main phone nmber may be dialed. See Section 3.2, Programming Phone Nmbers, Appendix F, MODBUS Interface, and Section 6, Advanced Programming. DESIGNATION NUMBER The two-digit order nmber of a phone nmber in the overall set of phone nmbers programmed. For example, the designation nmber for the third phone nmber is 03. See Programming Worksheet A. See Section 3.2, Programming Phone Nmbers, 6.1, Program Codes, and 6.2, Programming Operations. DIALER See atodialer. DRY Description of a sensor contact circit that is not connected to any power sorce. EXIT DELAY A delay period after a ser arms the nit, before the nit will actally accept new alarms. Used to allow ser to exit a protected entrance withot tripping the nit into alarm. See Section 6, Advanced Programming. GLOBAL Essentially over all or niversal. Programming that simltaneosly sets the same vale for all channels, bt exclding the Power Failre Alarm fnction. GROUPING ID MESSAGE See Alarm Call Groping. See Station ID Message. INQUIRY CALL A call placed by personnel to the Verbatim atodialer. See Section 5.1, Placing Inqiry Calls to the Verbatim atodialer. LED LINK A lighted legend indicator on the front panel. See Alarm Call Groping. MEMORY USE RATE See Speech Memory Rate. Verbatim Owner's Manal Glossary-3

232 Glossary MODEM A device which allows digital data (as opposed to voice) to be transmitted between two sites, sally via pblic telephone lines. In the case of a Verbatim atodialer eqipped with the CDL or SCADA option, a modem is bilt into the option card so that no external modem is reqired. NETWORK The physical and higher level protocols for a specific vendor s PLC data commnications. The Verbatim can spport a maximm of 3 networks simltaneosly. The actal nmber of networks and type of protocol are hardware options. NETWORK ADDRESS The concatenation of the network ID, node, and PLC address. It is sometimes symbolized by /net/node/addr where net is the network ID, node is the node address, and addr is the PLC address. The network address sffices to niqely identify any data object which the Verbatim can access. NETWORK ID A voice message identifying a specific network. By defalt, the message is "Verbatim Net X", where 'X' is a nmber from 0 to 5. Cstom messages, sch as "Bilding 320 LAN" may be recorded. See 'NETWORK' entries below for more details. NETWORK 0 VSS. Refers to the discrete, analog, and RSC points internal to the NETWORK 1 Refers to devices connected to the 'NET1' port on the serial commnications card. Protocols may vary. NETWORK 2 Refers to devices connected to the 'NET2' port on the serial commnications card. Protocols may vary. NETWORK 3 Refers to devices connected to the MBPLUS port on the MBPLUS commnications coprocessing card. NETWORK 4 Refers to devices connected to the Parallel port. NETWORK 5 Refers to devices connected to the Modem port on the serial commnications card. NODE The address of a specific PLC on the network. Each PLC is already configred with a niqe integer as its node address. The Verbatim mst also be given a niqe nmber as its node address on each network to which it interfaces. The network ID and node together sffice to niqely identify any PLC. NORMAL CONDITION For contact closre inpts, the Normal Condition is that condition (open or Closed Circit) which normally exists. The opposite condition wold create an alarm. See Section 3.3, Programming Inpt Channels and 5.3, Receiving Alarm Calls. Glossary-4 Verbatim Owner's Manal

233 Glossary NORMALLY CLOSED Describes a monitored contact type inpt signal circit, for which the normal, non-alarm state is associated with the circit being closed (i.e. a completed connection being established between the two condctors of the inpt circit). An alarm condition cases the circit to be opened (broken), which the Verbatim atodialer wold detect and begin placing alarm calls. This reqires that this inpt be programmed as Normally Closed on the Verbatim atodialer. NORMALLY OPEN Opposite of a Normally Closed circit. The inpt signal is open in the normal, non-alarm state and closes when an alarm occrs. This reqires that this inpt be programmed as Normally Open on the Verbatim atodialer, which is the defalt setting for a contact type inpt. NON-VOLATILE MEMORY When AC power fails, the nit contines to operate for several hors on its internal Gel Cell battery. When this battery is near discharge, the nit atomatically trns itself off. However all the ser s programming and all ser recorded messages are kept intact by Non-volatile Memory for p to ten years, so when power is later restored, no reprogramming or message recording will be reqired. OPEN CIRCUIT CONDITION See Closed Circit Condition. PHYSICAL CHANNEL OR PC Internal inpts are sometimes call Physical Channels (PCs). PCs monitor ser-spplied external sensors sch as float switches, limit switches, etc. In most cases, the otpts of logic controllers may be connected directly to Physical Channel inpts withot the need for interfacing relays or other signal conditioning. The normal Verbatim inpts, as distingished from the RCs when necessary. The semantics are sch that all RCs on network 0 are PCs. PLC ADDRESS The data table location of an object within a specific PLC s internal memory. The format of the PLC address is vendor dependent. For network 0, the PLC address is the physical channel nmber. POWER FAILURE The disappearance of 120 VAC power to the nit. The nit will contine to operate nder power failre ntil its internal Gel Cell battery is discharged. PULSE TOTALIZER The totalizer fnction accmlates a contining cont of the nmber of cycles of a train of plses presented to the inpt. The plses may be in the form of an open and closed circit, or they may be in the form of a 5-volt logic signal. RECORDING RATE In the process of digitally recording the ser s voice messages into speech memory, the message is recorded into memory at one of for possible rates. The faster this rate of memory sage, the higher the recording fidelity. However, this reslts in less total available recording time than at slower rates. Rate 1 is the fastest rate giving the best sond qality. The Ato- Verbatim Owner's Manal Glossary-5

234 Glossary extend featre atomatically selects the optimm rate to allow adeqate recording time for the ser s own set of messages at the best possible sond fidelity. See Section 4.2.1, Verifying/Extending Recording Time, and Section 4.3, Record Yor Messages. REMOTE CHANNEL OR RC A Verbatim I/O point whose vale mirrors the vale at some network address. Each active RC is associated with one and only one network address. The RC nmber can be viewed both as a speed dial abbreviation for the lengthy network address and as a virtal I/O point that spports alarm criteria. Different RCs can refer to the same network address. All data objects referenced by any RC are either 1 or 16 bits in length. 1-bit objects are termed discrete or digital points. 16-bit objects are sometimes termed analog points even thogh the data may actally be a discrete conter or timer. The type of object is implicit in the RC s network address. This is to say, any RC can be either discrete or analog. Analog RCs are NEVER scaled to engineering nits within the Verbatim Gateway. They can only have decimal integer vales in the range 0 to Any desired mst be done within the PLCs program. Floating point, hexadecimal, and octal data formats are not spported. REPEATS The nmber of times a series of messages (inclding Station ID message) is spoken when an alarm call is placed. As sed here, this nmber incldes the first recital of the messages. For example, 3 repeats means 3 times total, not 4. See Section 5.3, Receiving Alarm Calls and Section 6.1, "Program Codes. RING ANSWER DELAY The nmber of rings reqired before the Verbatim atodialer will answer an inqiry call. See Section 5.3, Receiving Alarm Calls, and 6.1, Program Codes. RTU (Remote Telemetry Unit) A monitoring device, interfaced to a commnications medim, whose mission is to commnicate conditions at a remote or inaccessible site. RTUs are sally polled by a central compter on some schedle or interval. Additionally, RTUs may reqest polling to report any exceptions sch as alarms or other events which reqire the attention of the central compter or its operators. When a Raco Verbatim atodialer is configred with the asynchronos commnications modle it is known as an RTU. The Verbatim RTU does not loose any of the basic featres of the Verbatim atodialer. In addition, the Verbatim RTU is capable of receiving polling calls from the Raco SCADA Central Compter. Frthermore, alarms may be commnicated to the Raco SCADA Central Compter or to a Raco Central Data Logger (CDL) printer. Glossary-6 Verbatim Owner's Manal

235 Glossary RUN TIME METER A featre which, when trned on, accmlates the total nmber of hors that an inpt channel is in the Closed Circit condition. Typically sed to monitor eqipment operation time, particlarly alternating pmp systems. See Section 3.3, Programming Inpt Channels, and Section 6, Advanced Programming. SCALE FACTOR A translation factor which may optionally be entered in conjnction with the Plse Totalizer fnction. The spoken Totalizer reading will be the actal nmber of plses accmlated, divided the programmed scale factor. See Section 6, Advanced Programming. SECURITY ACCESS CODE A code optionally programmed by the ser at the front panel. Once programmed, this code is reqired in order to perform any program operations over the phone. See Section 5.7, Programming by Phone, and Section 6, Advanced Programming. SPEECH MEMORY RATE See Recording Rate. STATION ID MESSAGE A message which is always inclded in all phone calls to or from the nit, intended to identify the nit. The defalt Station ID Message is ID nmber is 1. See Section 4.1, Planning Messages and 4.3, Record Yor Messages. TIME BETWEEN ALARM CALLS With the nit in Unacknowledged Alarm stats, the waiting time from the time the nit terminates a given alarm call, ntil the time when the nit again accesses the phone line to place the next call. Dring this interval (defalt 2 mintes), personnel may call the nit back, which will acknowledge the alarm and sspend frther calling. See Section 5.4, Contined Dialing in the Absence of Acknowledgment, and Section 6, Advanced Programming. VIOLATION For contact closre inpts, a violation (also called Alarm Condition) is the Open or Closed Circit condition which is opposite the condition which has been programmed as Normal for that channel. For example, if a given inpt channel is programmed for Normally Open operation, then a Closed Circit is a violation for that inpt. If the violation persists for the Alarm Trip Delay time, the nit will go into Unacknowledged Alarm state and begin placing alarm calls. See Section 3.3, Programming Inpt Channels, 5.3, Receiving Alarm Calls, and 5.6, Alarm Rest Timeot After Acknowledgment. Verbatim Owner's Manal Glossary-7

236 Glossary Glossary-8 Verbatim Owner's Manal

237 Index Index A alarm acknowledgement I-3 by plse rate 6-12 clear all 6-23 disable warning I-7 local configration H-7 message 4-2 message repeats 6-23, 5-2 message specification I-4 non-response calling 5-3 power failre 5-3, 6-25 reset time 5-4, 6-22 relay H-7 time between dialots 6-22 alarm ato phone dialing 1-1 alarm call worksheet J-3 thr J-10 Alarm Call Groping I-2, 6-5 Alarm Ready Schedle 7-1 Control Nmber 7-8 modes 7-3 priorities 7-5 programming 7-5, 7-10 temporary override 8-1 alarm reset time 5-4, 6-22 alarm trip delay 6-13 codes 6-4 defalt vale 6-13 global setting 6-14 individal setting 6-14 analog connections B-1 Inpt Signal Type B-1 programming codes B-9 Setpoints B-8 speech messages B-9 analog inpt programming codes 6-4 analog math B-4 Annnciator Seqence K-1 Answer mode E-5 ARM/DISARM (930) 6-25 adio otpt H-2 Atocall Test 6-24, I-2 Atodialer (DFP) A-1 Atoextend 4-2, 4-3 B battery "LO BAT" 8-1 power backp I-5 replacement 8-1 type 8-1 BAUD RATE Allen-Bradley F-17 C Cable color codes C-3 PLC Network Connections G-4 VBB-1 Serial Cable Connection G-7 VMB-2 Serial Cable Connection G-5 VMBM-1 Serial Cable Connection G-6 VPPC-1 Parallel Cable Connection G-3 VSER-01 Serial Cable Connection G-2 VTI 405/505 DCM G-8 cable length maximms 2-6 Call Progress Monitoring 6-16, 6-19 Call Groping 6-21 Call-in acknowledgement 5-1 Callback 6-25 calling atodialer 5-1 cancel 3-1 Celllarm H-20 channel linking to phone nmbers 6-21 phone report 5-5 channel programming codes 6-3, 6-11 channel stats LEDs F-3 reading codes 6-3, 6-10 report 5-1 checking stats 5-1 clear acknowledged alarms 6-23 alarm reset timers 6-23 selected items 6-27 clear a program 3-1, 6-1 clear ot operations codes 6-9 Clearot Operations F-19, F-27 codes 6-9 clock starting 7-6 Closed Circit alarm 3-2 CMOS inpts 2-2 Verbatim Owner's Manal Index-1

238 Index code Data Register F-25 Remote Channel Stats F-25 code Code Listing Abbreviations F-10 codes Alarm Call Groping F-26 Alarm Trip Delays F-26 Linking F-26 Message Recording and Reviewing F-25 Network Bridging F-26 programming 6-1 Remote Channel F-25 Remote Channel Programming F-25 COMALARM F-9 commnications errors F-12 Commnications Protocol 7-4, I-5 configration codes 6-3, F-25 configring data register monitoring F-2 local alarm H-7 Remote channels 7-11 configring codes 6-11 connecting for-channel nit 2-2 Verbatim to PLC F-1 connection 8 or more inpt nit 2-2 connector 36 pin 2-4 Call Progress Monitoring (CPM) 6-16, 6-19 criteria alarm 3-3, 6-11 Cstomer Service 9-4, F-5 D data calls E-5 data register address F-2, F-7 alarm state F-2 Data Register Address F-7 data registers reading, writing F-1 data table addresses F-1 Data/Voice Atocalls E-6 date checking 7-6 factory defalts 7-9 programming 2-6 setting clock 7-6 DC Power Connection diagram H-4 defalt(s) programming codes 6-1 time and date 2-7 factory set 7-9 delay dialing 6-15 retrn to normal 6-25 DFP Atodialer A-1 clearing A-4 programming A-1 recording messages A-5 testing A-4 Diagnostic commands F-20 thr F-24 cont codes 6-27 readot codes 6-9 Diagnostics I-4 Dialing delays 6-15 plse or tone selection 6-16 Dialing Ot 3-4, 5-6 disable inpts 3-3 DISARM reading, setting time 7-7 setting date 7-7 disarm nit 3-4 DISARM/REARM (930) 6-25 DTMF H-15 E Enclosre Diagram H-23 end phone call 5-5 Enhanced Telephone Interface 6-15 Error Code listing F-23 exit delay 6-25 F loobydst H-1 for-channel 2-2 G Verbatim Remote Channel 7-2 Global alarm trip delay 6-14 Groping Alarm call 6-21 H heater H-11 installing 2-1 Holiday schedle mode 7-4 Index-2 Verbatim Owner's Manal

239 Index I inactivated RCs F-6 individal contact inpt 3-3 inpt disabling 3-3 Inpt Channel Nmbers analog B-2 inpt channels programming 3-2 Inpt Monitoring I-4 Inpt Signal Type analog B-2 codes B-3 Inqiry Message and Fnction I-5 installation verification testing 3-4 installing atodialer 2-1 line seizre featre H-8 Intercall delay, 6-9, 6-20 qick delay E-2 J jack AJ1, adio otpt H-2 jmper block diagram H-26 K Key DIALOUT/PRESS TO TALK 3-4 CANCEL phone code 5-5 CHECK STATUS 5-2 ENTER phone code 5-5 MINUS phone code 5-5 NORMAL 3-4 POINT phone code 5-5 REARM/DISARM 7-1 RECORD 4-4 L ladder logic program listing F-5 (LDL) Local Data Logger 6-18 LED battery 8-1 channel alarm 5-4 DISARM 3-4 Network Stats Indicator F-9 PFAIL 3-4 specifications I-7 line seizre H-8 linking clearing link F-17 modes F-15 phone nmbers to channels 6-21 phone nmbers to RCs F-14 listening period 6-26 listing programmed phone nmbers 5-5 Local and Remote Programming I-2 Local Data Logger 6-18 logic controller inpts 2-2 M maintenance 8-1 memory message recording F-2 specifications I-3 message alarm condition 4-2 alarm is acknowledged 5-1 normal condition 4-2 recording speed H-6 reinstate defalt 4-5 repeating 6-23 review, replay 4-4 verifying 4-3 message recording and reviewing codes 6-3, 6-10 messages extending recording times 4-5 recording 4-1, 4-4 microphone operation 6-26 Modbs Networks F-7 protocols F-1 modems atomatic speed selection E-4 Modicon PLC F-7 protocols F-7 Modlar Upgrades I-6 monitor inpts 1-1 Motherboard diagram H-24 monting location 2-1 Verbatim Owner's Manal Index-3

240 Index N NEMA 4X weatherproof oter enclosre 2-1 Net Address F-6, F-12, F-28 associating with RC F-6 NET Nmber F-7 Network Bridging F-15 network protocols F-1 Network Stats F-22 node PLC node nmber F-9 node addres defalt F-6 Nonvolatile Program Memory I-3 NORMAL, key 5-6 normally open/closed 3-2 O offset factors programming B-3 Open Circit alarm 3-2, 3-3 operation remote spervisory control C-1 Opto 22 relays types C-1 Order Items, Special I-7 otpt direct connection C-3 installation C-1 remote spervisor control C-1 Otpt Relay Enclosre C-1 P Pager nmeric spport H-15 Parallel Printer Interface D-1 Parallel Printer Port Adapter Cable 2-4 parameters network F-18 protocol F-18 timing F-18 parts, retrning 9-4 PBX spport 6-16, H-6 PFAIL LED 3-4 phone callback 6-25 designation nmber (DN) 6-2 dialing ot throgh atodialer 5-6 ending call 3-4 high speed dialing 6-15 inqiry calls I-5 line bsy 6-19 line specifications I-5 linking nmbers to channels 6-21 non-existant nmber 6-19 programming by 5-4 programming nmbers 6-14 ringing stopped 6-19 testing connection 3-4 nanswered 6-19 worksheet J-2 Phone Falt 6-16 phone nmber programming 3-2 codes 6-4 Phone Spport 9-4 PLC (Programmable Logic Controller) F-1 Address Format F-8 data register F-1 node nmber F-7 operating parameters F-5 Programming Code Table F-25 power alternate sorces H-3 battery backp I-5 DC power specifications H-3 power failre I-4 Alarm 6-25 setting alarm delays 6-14 power reqirements 2-1 printer local option D-1 paper loading 2-6 parallel interface D-1 restoring operation 2-6 serial interface D-1 trning off 2-8 printer bffer 2-6 printer installation 2-4 printing crrent programming 2-7 intervals D-2 schedling 2-7 switching off 2-7 Program mode 3-1 Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) F-1 programming alarm call grop worksheet J-3 thr J-10 alarm call groping 6-21 Alarm Ready Schedle 7-5, 7-10 analog connections B-1 by phone 5-5 clear all 3-1 Index-4 Verbatim Owner's Manal

241 Index codes 1-2, 6-1 dialing delay 5-5 inpt channels 3-3 local and remote specifications I-2 offset factors B-3 omitting a field F-6 phone nmbers 3-2, 6-14, J-2 phone nmbers to channels 6-21 printing 2-7 real world method B-5 report stats 3-3 resetting operations 3-1 review mode 5-5 scaling factors B-3, B-4 system specific method B-5 voice 1-1 Pblic Address Broadcast I-6 Plse selection 6-16 Plse Totalizer inpts I-2, I-4 codes 6-12 Plse/Tone atomatic selection 6-18 dialing codes 6-4 R radio transmitter connecting H-12 RC alarm criteria F-3, F-13 commands F-5 criteria-based alarms F-8 digital, analog F-3 linkage configrations F-15 Linking F-15 polling F-19 programming F-5 programming key seqences F-6 remote message recording F-12 Stats F-10 stats over phone F-3 RC (Remote Channel) F-1 real world method programming B-5 REARM delay 6-26 key 3-4 reading, setting time 7-7 setting date 7-7 recording alarm relay H-7 extending individal messages 4-5 messages 4-1, 4-4 setting rate 4-5 speech times H-5 relay, alarm H-7 remote alarm monitoring 1-1 Remote and Local Programming I-2 Remote Channel (RC) pre-configred F-1 Remote Spervisor Control C-1 codes 6-7 monting C-1 wiring C-1 operation C-3 report closed inpt circits 6-12 stats only 3-3 reset alarm time 5-4, 6-22 clear a program, 3-1, 6-27 Retrn To Normal (RTN) E-1 retrning parts 9-4 ring answer delay 6-23 ring back K-3 rotary flow meters 6-12 Rn Time Meter 3-3, 6-11, I-2 inpts I-4 S SCADA E-2 thr E-4 scaling factors programming B-3 Secrity Access Code 6-24 seizre, line H-8 Serial Port Parameters F-18 Serial Printer Interface D-1 set points, high/low analog B-8 setting recording rate 4-3, 4-5 toch or tone dialing 3-2 settings review 6-1 speaker adjsting volme H-1 external connections H-2 operation 6-26 speakerphone I-5 Special Order Items I-7 speech messages analog programming B-9 recording times H-5 Station ID 4-1 STATUS key 5-2 Stats, network F-22 Verbatim Owner's Manal Index-5

242 Index Spervisory Control, Remote C-1 Spport, phone 9-4 Srge Protection I-6 system memory clear all 3-1 system specific method programming B-5 T Telephone Line Falt Detection 6-16 terminal strip 2-2, H-9 Telephone Interface enhanced 6-15 Temperatre Sensor B-3, B-7 temperatre sensor inpt B-3 terminal strip TS1 2-2, H-9 testing rotine 8-1 TFAIL 6-18, 3-1 thermostat specifications H-11 installing 2-1 threshold violations F-9 time checking 7-6 factory defalts 7-9 programming 2-7 setting clock 7-6 Timing Parameters F-18 Tone detect H-15 selection 6-16 Tone/Plse atomatic selection 6-18 dialing codes 6-4 Totalizer defalt vale 6-13 Trobleshooting 9-1 analog channels B-11 TS705 H-7 TTL inpts 2-2 U VRSC C-1 VX32 Channel Expansion Card 2-2 W Warranty I-6 Registration Card (see back of manal) weekday schedle mode 7-4 weekend schedle mode 7-4 Wiring Connections remote spervisory control C-1 wiring connections 2-1 worksheets (see Appendix J) pgrades I-6 V version level 2-4 Voice/Data Atocalls E-6 VPPC-1 cable 2-4 Index-6 Verbatim Owner's Manal

243 FCC Notice to Users 1. Yo mst notify yor telephone tility as follows: a. Intention to install an FCC Part 68-registered device. b. The FCC registration nmber: HKS-23J06304-AL-R c. The ringer eqivalence nmber: 0.3A d. When the device is disconnected from the telco network and will not be reconnected. 2. These nits may not be sed on party lines. 3. The telco has the right to make changes in their network which may affect the operation of yor nit, provided adeqate notice is given to yo in advance to permit contined correct operation. 4. In the event of operational problems, disconnect yor nit by removing the modlar plg from the modlar telephone jack. To test the phone line, temporarily plg a working rotary-dial telephone into the jack normally sed by the Verbatim. If the sbstitte telephone works correctly, yor Verbatim has a problem and shold be retrned for repairs (in or ot of warranty). If the sbstitte telephone does not work correctly, notify the telco that they have a problem and reqest prompt repair service (at no cost to the ser). 5. The ser may not nder any circmstances (in or ot of warranty) attempt any service or repairs on the Verbatim. It mst be retrned to RACO for all repairs. Verbatim Owner's Manal

244 Verbatim Owner's Manal

245 Warranty Registration Card K E E P T H I S F O R Y O U R R E C O R D S! Important: Within 14 days of prchase, please complete this Warranty Registration. Detach the top portion, fold in half and drop in the mail. Postage is paid if mailed in the U.S. Otherwise, please retrn to: RACO Manfactring and Engineering Co. Inc. Service Department nd Street Emeryville, California Detach here before mailing Model Serial nmber Date of Prchase Name Title/position Company/Organization Division/Department Address Telephone Dealer s Name Address VERBATIM Verbatim Owner's Manal

246 Response Card The following additional information will assist s in or contining efforts to provide yo with prodcts that meet yor specific reqirements. Please send me more information on the following qality prodcts from RACO Manfactring: 1. This Atodialer is sed in: _ wastewater gas pipeline _ cold storage chemical manfactre _ energy generation agricltre _ remote eqipment other 2. It ses the following types of transdcers: _ pressre temperatre _ electrical detection gas (all types) _ intrsion flow _ float level other 3. I first became aware of this Atodialer from: _ dealer showroom colleage _ Central Data Logging trade show _ professional association magazine inqiry _ other. 4. I read the following pblication(s) reglarly: Verbatim Owner's Manal

5 Using Your Verbatim Autodialer

5 Using Your Verbatim Autodialer 5 Using Yor Verbatim Atodialer 5.1 Placing Inqiry Calls to the Verbatim Atodialer ( Yo may call the Verbatim atodialer at any time from any phone. The nit will wait the programmed nmber of rings before

More information

High Availability for Internet Information Server Using Double-Take 4.x

High Availability for Internet Information Server Using Double-Take 4.x High Availability for Internet Information Server Using Doble-Take 4.x High Availability for Internet Information Server Using Doble-Take 4.x pblished April 2000 NSI and Doble-Take are registered trademarks

More information

High Availability for Microsoft SQL Server Using Double-Take 4.x

High Availability for Microsoft SQL Server Using Double-Take 4.x High Availability for Microsoft SQL Server Using Doble-Take 4.x High Availability for Microsoft SQL Server Using Doble-Take 4.x pblished April 2000 NSI and Doble-Take are registered trademarks of Network

More information

Deploying Network Load Balancing

Deploying Network Load Balancing C H A P T E R 9 Deploying Network Load Balancing After completing the design for the applications and services in yor Network Load Balancing clster, yo are ready to deploy the clster rnning the Microsoft

More information

Analog Telephones. User Guide. BusinessPhone Communication Platform

Analog Telephones. User Guide. BusinessPhone Communication Platform Analog Telephones BsinessPhone Commnication Platform User Gide Cover Page Graphic Place the graphic directly on the page, do not care abot ptting it in the text flow. Select Graphics > Properties and make

More information

DIALER SPECIFICATION VERBATIM MODULAR SERIES VSS

DIALER SPECIFICATION VERBATIM MODULAR SERIES VSS DIALER SPECIFICATION VERBATIM MODULAR SERIES VSS 1. Description and Phone Number Dialing: The dialer shall be a solid state component capable of dialing up to 16 telephone numbers, each up to 60 digits

More information

Contents Welcome to FOXTEL iq2...5 For your safety...6 Getting Started...7 Playlist... 51 Active...53 Setup...54 FOXTEL Guide...18 ON DEMAND...

Contents Welcome to FOXTEL iq2...5 For your safety...6 Getting Started...7 Playlist... 51 Active...53 Setup...54 FOXTEL Guide...18 ON DEMAND... Contents Welcome to FOXTEL iq2...5 The FOXTEL iq2...5 Updates to FOXTEL iq2...5 Getting in toch with FOXTEL...5 For yor safety...6 Getting Started...7 Switching the FOXTEL iq2 on and off...7 Changing channel...7

More information

Designing and Deploying File Servers

Designing and Deploying File Servers C H A P T E R 2 Designing and Deploying File Servers File servers rnning the Microsoft Windows Server 2003 operating system are ideal for providing access to files for sers in medim and large organizations.

More information

Planning a Smart Card Deployment

Planning a Smart Card Deployment C H A P T E R 1 7 Planning a Smart Card Deployment Smart card spport in Microsoft Windows Server 2003 enables yo to enhance the secrity of many critical fnctions, inclding client athentication, interactive

More information

Preparing your heavy vehicle for brake test

Preparing your heavy vehicle for brake test GUIDE Preparing yor heavy vehicle for brake test A best practice gide Saving lives, safer roads, ctting crime, protecting the environment Breaking the braking myth Some people believe that a locked wheel

More information

Dialog 4106 Basic/Dialog 4147 Medium

Dialog 4106 Basic/Dialog 4147 Medium Dialog 4106 Basic/Dialog 4147 Medim Analog Telephones for MD110 Commnication System User Gide Cover Page Graphic Place the graphic directly on the page, do not care abot ptting it in the text flow. Select

More information

Enabling Advanced Windows Server 2003 Active Directory Features

Enabling Advanced Windows Server 2003 Active Directory Features C H A P T E R 5 Enabling Advanced Windows Server 2003 Active Directory Featres The Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Active Directory directory service enables yo to introdce advanced featres into yor environment

More information

EMC VNX Series Setting Up a Unisphere Management Station

EMC VNX Series Setting Up a Unisphere Management Station EMC VNX Series Setting Up a Unisphere Management Station P/N 300-015-123 REV. 02 April, 2014 This docment describes the different types of Unisphere management stations and tells how to install and configre

More information

aééäçóáåö=táåççïë= péêîéê=ommp=oéöáçå~ä= açã~áåë

aééäçóáåö=táåççïë= péêîéê=ommp=oéöáçå~ä= açã~áåë C H A P T E R 7 aééäçóáåö=táåççïë= péêîéê=ommp=oéöáçå~ä= açã~áåë Deploying Microsoft Windows Server 2003 s involves creating new geographically based child domains nder the forest root domain. Deploying

More information

Designing an Authentication Strategy

Designing an Authentication Strategy C H A P T E R 1 4 Designing an Athentication Strategy Most organizations need to spport seamless access to the network for mltiple types of sers, sch as workers in offices, employees who are traveling,

More information

GUIDELINE. Guideline for the Selection of Engineering Services

GUIDELINE. Guideline for the Selection of Engineering Services GUIDELINE Gideline for the Selection of Engineering Services 1998 Mission Statement: To govern the engineering profession while enhancing engineering practice and enhancing engineering cltre Pblished by

More information

Planning a Managed Environment

Planning a Managed Environment C H A P T E R 1 Planning a Managed Environment Many organizations are moving towards a highly managed compting environment based on a configration management infrastrctre that is designed to redce the

More information

EMC VNX Series. EMC Secure Remote Support for VNX. Version VNX1, VNX2 300-014-340 REV 03

EMC VNX Series. EMC Secure Remote Support for VNX. Version VNX1, VNX2 300-014-340 REV 03 EMC VNX Series Version VNX1, VNX2 EMC Secre Remote Spport for VNX 300-014-340 REV 03 Copyright 2012-2014 EMC Corporation. All rights reserved. Pblished in USA. Pblished Jly, 2014 EMC believes the information

More information

Standard. 8029HEPTA DataCenter. Because every fraction of a second counts. network synchronization requiring minimum space. hopf Elektronik GmbH

Standard. 8029HEPTA DataCenter. Because every fraction of a second counts. network synchronization requiring minimum space. hopf Elektronik GmbH 8029HEPTA DataCenter Standard Becase every fraction of a second conts network synchronization reqiring minimm space hopf Elektronik GmbH Nottebohmstraße 41 58511 Lüdenscheid Germany Phone: +49 (0)2351

More information

B5512 Control Panel. Intrusion Alarm Systems B5512 Control Panel. www.boschsecurity.com

B5512 Control Panel. Intrusion Alarm Systems B5512 Control Panel. www.boschsecurity.com Intrsion Alarm Systems B5512 Control Panel B5512 Control Panel www.boschsecrity.com Spports p to 48 points sing a combination of hardwired or wireless points for installation flexibility and p to 4 areas

More information

HSBC Internet Banking. Combined Product Disclosure Statement and Supplementary Product Disclosure Statement

HSBC Internet Banking. Combined Product Disclosure Statement and Supplementary Product Disclosure Statement HSBC Internet Banking Combined Prodct Disclosre Statement and Spplementary Prodct Disclosre Statement AN IMPORTANT MESSAGE FOR HSBC CUSTOMERS NOTICE OF CHANGE For HSBC Internet Banking Combined Prodct

More information

Corporate performance: What do investors want to know? Innovate your way to clearer financial reporting

Corporate performance: What do investors want to know? Innovate your way to clearer financial reporting www.pwc.com Corporate performance: What do investors want to know? Innovate yor way to clearer financial reporting October 2014 PwC I Innovate yor way to clearer financial reporting t 1 Contents Introdction

More information

Introduction to HBase Schema Design

Introduction to HBase Schema Design Introdction to HBase Schema Design Amandeep Khrana Amandeep Khrana is a Soltions Architect at Clodera and works on bilding soltions sing the Hadoop stack. He is also a co-athor of HBase in Action. Prior

More information

Planning an Active Directory Deployment Project

Planning an Active Directory Deployment Project C H A P T E R 1 Planning an Active Directory Deployment Project When yo deploy the Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Active Directory directory service in yor environment, yo can take advantage of the centralized,

More information

ICP CC488 Series Control Panels

ICP CC488 Series Control Panels Intrsion Alarm Systems ICP CC488 Series Control Panels ICP CC488 Series Control Panels www.boschsecrity.com Eight programmable ser codes and eight radio remote ser codes Two areas DTMF telephone remote

More information

Facilities. Car Parking and Permit Allocation Policy

Facilities. Car Parking and Permit Allocation Policy Facilities Car Parking and Permit Allocation Policy Facilities Car Parking and Permit Allocation Policy Contents Page 1 Introdction....................................................2 2.0 Application

More information

Technical Notes. PostgreSQL backups with NetWorker. Release number 1.0 302-001-174 REV 01. June 30, 2014. u Audience... 2. u Requirements...

Technical Notes. PostgreSQL backups with NetWorker. Release number 1.0 302-001-174 REV 01. June 30, 2014. u Audience... 2. u Requirements... PostgreSQL backps with NetWorker Release nmber 1.0 302-001-174 REV 01 Jne 30, 2014 Adience... 2 Reqirements... 2 Terminology... 2 PostgreSQL backp methodologies...2 PostgreSQL dmp backp... 3 Configring

More information

Wireless Home Security System Product Manual (Model #80355)

Wireless Home Security System Product Manual (Model #80355) Wireless Home Security System Product Manual (Model #80355) Installation Instructions During set-up, if no key is pressed for 15 seconds it will come out of the setup mode and you will have to start over.

More information

A guide to safety recalls in the used vehicle industry GUIDE

A guide to safety recalls in the used vehicle industry GUIDE A gide to safety recalls in the sed vehicle indstry GUIDE Definitions Aftermarket parts means any prodct manfactred to be fitted to a vehicle after it has left the vehicle manfactrer s prodction line.

More information

EMC Data Domain Operating System

EMC Data Domain Operating System EMC Data Domain Operating System Version 5.4 Administration Gide 302-000-072 REV. 06 Copyright 2009-2014 EMC Corporation. All rights reserved. Pblished in USA. Pblished September, 2014 EMC believes the

More information

EMC ViPR Analytics Pack for VMware vcenter Operations Management Suite

EMC ViPR Analytics Pack for VMware vcenter Operations Management Suite EMC ViPR Analytics Pack for VMware vcenter Operations Management Site Version 1.1.0 Installation and Configration Gide 302-000-487 01 Copyright 2013-2014 EMC Corporation. All rights reserved. Pblished

More information

Introducing Revenue Cycle Optimization! STI Provides More Options Than Any Other Software Vendor. ChartMaker Clinical 3.7

Introducing Revenue Cycle Optimization! STI Provides More Options Than Any Other Software Vendor. ChartMaker Clinical 3.7 Introdcing Revene Cycle Optimization! STI Provides More Options Than Any Other Software Vendor ChartMaker Clinical 3.7 2011 Amblatory EHR + Cardiovasclar Medicine + Child Health STI Provides More Choices

More information

BIS - Overview and basic package V2.5

BIS - Overview and basic package V2.5 Engineered Soltions BIS - Overview and basic package V2.5 BIS - Overview and basic package V2.5 www.boschsecrity.com Complete enterprise management for efficient, integrated bilding and secrity management

More information

f.airnet DECT over IP System

f.airnet DECT over IP System The modlar IP commnication system for voice and messaging with the greatest mobility: flexible, easy to maintain, expandable. Fnkwerk Secrity Commnications For s, efficient commnication is vital. New:

More information

OPERATING MANUAL UNIPOWER TELECOM POWER CONTROL & MONITOR SYSTEM PCM500 SERIES

OPERATING MANUAL UNIPOWER TELECOM POWER CONTROL & MONITOR SYSTEM PCM500 SERIES PRICE: $25.00 UNIPOWER TELECOM POWER CONTROL & MONITOR SYSTEM PCM500 SERIES www.nipowertelecom.com Manal No. PCM-800-3 01/14/02 PCM500-Man 2002 UNIPOWER Corp. All Rights Reserved UNIPOWER Telecom, Division

More information

Bosch Security Training Academy Training Course Catalogue 2015. uk.boschsecurity.com

Bosch Security Training Academy Training Course Catalogue 2015. uk.boschsecurity.com Bosch Secrity Training Academy Training Corse Cataloge 2015 k.boschsecrity.com 2 Bosch Secrity Training Academy Training Corses 2015 Bosch Secrity Training Academy Training Corses 2015 3 Contents Enqiries

More information

EMC PowerPath Virtual Appliance

EMC PowerPath Virtual Appliance EMC PowerPath Virtal Appliance Version 1.2 Administration Gide P/N 302-000-475 REV 01 Copyright 2013 EMC Corporation. All rights reserved. Pblished in USA. Pblished October, 2013 EMC believes the information

More information

A Message from the CEO

A Message from the CEO October 2007 A Message from the CEO For the past 53 years, we have been recognized by or logo, name, competitive rates, and qality member service. All these have been vital to the strength of or organization.

More information

The Role of the Community Occupational Therapist

The Role of the Community Occupational Therapist Ceredigion Conty Concil Social Services Department The Role of the Commnity Occpational Therapist...taking care to make a difference Large Print or other format/medim are available on reqest please telephone

More information

Social Work Bursary: Academic year 2015/16 Application notes for students on undergraduate courses

Social Work Bursary: Academic year 2015/16 Application notes for students on undergraduate courses Social Work Brsary: Academic year 2015/16 Application notes for stdents on ndergradate corses These notes are for ndergradate stdents who have previosly received a brsary. Please make sre yo complete the

More information

EMC Storage Analytics

EMC Storage Analytics EMC Storage Analytics Version 2.1 Installation and User Gide 300-014-858 09 Copyright 2013 EMC Corporation. All rights reserved. Pblished in USA. Pblished December, 2013 EMC believes the information in

More information

Chapter 1. LAN Design

Chapter 1. LAN Design Chapter 1 LAN Design CCNA3-1 Chapter 1 Note for Instrctors These presentations are the reslt of a collaboration among the instrctors at St. Clair College in Windsor, Ontario. Thanks mst go ot to Rick Graziani

More information

Isilon OneFS. Version 7.1. Backup and recovery guide

Isilon OneFS. Version 7.1. Backup and recovery guide Isilon OneFS Version 7.1 Backp and recovery gide Copyright 2013-2014 EMC Corporation. All rights reserved. Pblished in USA. Pblished March, 2014 EMC believes the information in this pblication is accrate

More information

Kentucky Deferred Compensation (KDC) Program Summary

Kentucky Deferred Compensation (KDC) Program Summary Kentcky Deferred Compensation (KDC) Program Smmary Smmary and Highlights of the Kentcky Deferred Compensation (KDC) Program Simple. Smart. For yo. For life. 457 Plan 401(k) Plan Roth 401(k) Deemed Roth

More information

Every manufacturer is confronted with the problem

Every manufacturer is confronted with the problem HOW MANY PARTS TO MAKE AT ONCE FORD W. HARRIS Prodction Engineer Reprinted from Factory, The Magazine of Management, Volme 10, Nmber 2, Febrary 1913, pp. 135-136, 152 Interest on capital tied p in wages,

More information

CRM Customer Relationship Management. Customer Relationship Management

CRM Customer Relationship Management. Customer Relationship Management CRM Cstomer Relationship Management Kenneth W. Thorson Tax Commissioner Virginia Department of Taxation Discssion Areas TAX/AMS Partnership Project Backgrond Cstomer Relationship Management Secre Messaging

More information

personal income insurance product disclosure statement and policy Preparation date: 26/03/2004

personal income insurance product disclosure statement and policy Preparation date: 26/03/2004 personal income insrance prodct disclosre statement and policy Preparation date: 26/03/2004 personal income Insrer CGU Insrance Limited ABN 27 004 478 371 AFS Licence No. 238291 This is an important docment.

More information

466-1936 Rev E October 2004 ZZZ*(6HFXULW\FRP. Part No: 60-883-95R. CareGard. User Guide

466-1936 Rev E October 2004 ZZZ*(6HFXULW\FRP. Part No: 60-883-95R. CareGard. User Guide ) *(6HFXULW\ 466-1936 Rev E October 2004 ZZZ*(6HFXULW\FRP Part No: 60-883-95R CareGard User Guide FCC Notices FCC Part 15 Information to the User Changes or modifications not expressly approved by GE Security

More information

Purposefully Engineered High-Performing Income Protection

Purposefully Engineered High-Performing Income Protection The Intelligent Choice for Disability Income Insrance Prposeflly Engineered High-Performing Income Protection Keeping Income strong We engineer or disability income prodcts with featres that deliver benefits

More information

ADA COMPLIANT BOX STYLE TELEPHONE INSTALLATION, PROGRAMMING AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR MODEL PBX

ADA COMPLIANT BOX STYLE TELEPHONE INSTALLATION, PROGRAMMING AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR MODEL PBX ADA COMPLIANT BOX STYLE TELEPHONE INSTALLATION, PROGRAMMING AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR MODEL PBX INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Step 1. Determine the position for the Hands-free phone in the elevator phone

More information

BIS - Overview and basic package V4.0

BIS - Overview and basic package V4.0 Engineered Soltions BIS - Overview and basic package V4.0 BIS - Overview and basic package V4.0 www.boschsecrity.com Complete enterprise management for efficient, integrated bilding and secrity management

More information

CRM Customer Relationship Management. Customer Relationship Management

CRM Customer Relationship Management. Customer Relationship Management CRM Cstomer Relationship Management Farley Beaton Virginia Department of Taxation Discssion Areas TAX/AMS Partnership Project Backgrond Cstomer Relationship Management Secre Messaging Lessons Learned 2

More information

Automatic Phone-Out Home Monitoring Systems

Automatic Phone-Out Home Monitoring Systems Automatic Phone-Out Home Monitoring Systems Power Outage and Freeze Alarm Model Number: THP202 Power Outage, Freeze and Flood Alarm Product Description Model Number: THP201 These monitoring systems are

More information

Introducing ChartMaker Cloud! STI Provides More Options Than Any Other Software Vendor

Introducing ChartMaker Cloud! STI Provides More Options Than Any Other Software Vendor Introdcing ChartMaker Clod! STI Provides More Options Than Any Other Software Vendor ChartMaker Clinical 3.7 2011 Amblatory EHR + Cardiovasclar Medicine + Child Health The ChartMaker Medical Site is made

More information

Section 16935 TELEPHONE AUTOMATIC DIALER SYSTEM

Section 16935 TELEPHONE AUTOMATIC DIALER SYSTEM Section TELEPHONE AUTOMATIC DIALER SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements: 1. Electronic monitoring system shall interface plant alarms to public telephone system or cellular

More information

NAPA TRAINING PROGRAMS FOR:

NAPA TRAINING PROGRAMS FOR: NAPA TRAINING PROGRAMS FOR: Employees Otside Sales Store Managers Store Owners See NEW ecatalog Inside O V E R V I E W 2010_StoreTrainingBrochre_SinglePg.indd 1 5/25/10 12:39:32 PM Welcome 2010 Store Training

More information

Position paper smart city. economics. a multi-sided approach to financing the smart city. Your business technologists.

Position paper smart city. economics. a multi-sided approach to financing the smart city. Your business technologists. Position paper smart city economics a mlti-sided approach to financing the smart city Yor bsiness technologists. Powering progress From idea to reality The hman race is becoming increasingly rbanised so

More information

EMC ViPR. Concepts Guide. Version 1.1.0 302-000-482 02

EMC ViPR. Concepts Guide. Version 1.1.0 302-000-482 02 EMC ViPR Version 1.1.0 Concepts Gide 302-000-482 02 Copyright 2013-2014 EMC Corporation. All rights reserved. Pblished in USA. Pblished Febrary, 2014 EMC believes the information in this pblication is

More information

Candidate: Cassandra Emery. Date: 04/02/2012

Candidate: Cassandra Emery. Date: 04/02/2012 Market Analyst Assessment Report 04/02/2012 www.resorceassociates.com To Improve Prodctivity Throgh People. 04/02/2012 Prepared For: Resorce Associates Prepared by: John Lonsbry, Ph.D. & Lcy Gibson, Ph.D.,

More information

WITURA CORPORATION SDN BHD

WITURA CORPORATION SDN BHD WT 1010SA Stand Alone GSM Alarm System User Manual and Installation Instructions Version: 1.2 Updated: 4 JAN 2012 WITURA CORPORATION SDN BHD Stand Alone GSM Alarm System Instruction Manual 1 Introduction:

More information

Conettix D6600 Communications Receiver/Gateway

Conettix D6600 Communications Receiver/Gateway Intrsion Alarm Systems Conettix D6600 Commnications Receiver/Gateway Conettix D6600 Commnications Receiver/Gateway www.boschsecrity.com 32 lines for pblic switched telephone network (PSTN) commnications

More information

DSA E-Series iscsi Disk Arrays

DSA E-Series iscsi Disk Arrays Video DSA E-Series Disk Arrays DSA E-Series Disk Arrays www.boschsecrity.com Scale-ot network storage soltion: controller nit with 12 internal HDDs with p to 96 HDDs via stateof-the-art SAS interface-connected

More information

FINANCIAL FITNESS SELECTING A CREDIT CARD. Fact Sheet

FINANCIAL FITNESS SELECTING A CREDIT CARD. Fact Sheet FINANCIAL FITNESS Fact Sheet Janary 1998 FL/FF-02 SELECTING A CREDIT CARD Liz Gorham, Ph.D., AFC Assistant Professor and Family Resorce Management Specialist, Utah State University Marsha A. Goetting,

More information

Candidate: Kevin Taylor. Date: 04/02/2012

Candidate: Kevin Taylor. Date: 04/02/2012 Systems Analyst / Network Administrator Assessment Report 04/02/2012 www.resorceassociates.com To Improve Prodctivity Throgh People. 04/02/2012 Prepared For: Resorce Associates Prepared by: John Lonsbry,

More information

AA9604 Auto Attendant

AA9604 Auto Attendant AA9604 Auto Attendant Operation Manual 10AA96V4M.2.13.EN1 DSG, DSG logo, AA9604, VL880, VL880L, IM1200, IM2400, IL1000 and IL5000 are trademarks of DSG Technology. Windows and Outlook Express are trademarks

More information

EMC NetWorker. Performance Optimization Planning Guide. Version 8.2 302-000-697 REV 01

EMC NetWorker. Performance Optimization Planning Guide. Version 8.2 302-000-697 REV 01 EMC NetWorker Version 8.2 Performance Optimization Planning Gide 302-000-697 REV 01 Copyright 2000-2014 EMC Corporation. All rights reserved. Pblished in USA. Pblished Janary, 2015 EMC believes the information

More information

OnQ 2x10 KSU/PBX Telephone System P/N 364565-01. User s Guide P/N 1307724 Rev. A

OnQ 2x10 KSU/PBX Telephone System P/N 364565-01. User s Guide P/N 1307724 Rev. A OnQ 2x10 KSU/PBX Telephone System P/N 364565-01 User s Guide P/N 1307724 Rev. A For information regarding any of the products discussed in this user s guide, contact your local OnQ product installer or

More information

Periodized Training for the Strength/Power Athlete

Periodized Training for the Strength/Power Athlete Periodized Training for the /Power Athlete Jay R. Hoffman, PhD, FACSM, CSCS *D The se of periodized training has been reported to go back as far as the ancient Olympic games. Its basic premise is that

More information

Health Benefits Coverage Under Federal Law...

Health Benefits Coverage Under Federal Law... covers Labor Compliance 2014mx.pdf 1 11/19/2014 2:05:01 PM Compliance Assistance Gide Health Benefits Coverage Under Federal Law... The Affordable Care Act Health Insrance Portability and Accontability

More information

Member of the NKT Group. We connect renewable energy sources. Onshore, offshore and photovoltaic

Member of the NKT Group. We connect renewable energy sources. Onshore, offshore and photovoltaic Member of the NKT Grop We connect renewable energy sorces Onshore, offshore and photovoltaic Completing the pictre www.nktcables.com We connect renewable energy sorces These days, renewable and clean energies

More information

Destiny 4100. Destiny 4100. Owners Manual

Destiny 4100. Destiny 4100. Owners Manual Destiny 4100 Destiny 4100 Owners Manual TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION Control Panel...3 Detection Devices...3 Telephone Keypads...3 GLOSSARY... 4-5 LOCAL PHONE ACCESS Using Your Telephones As Keypads...6

More information

Effective governance to support medical revalidation

Effective governance to support medical revalidation Effective governance to spport medical revalidation A handbook for boards and governing bodies This docment sets ot a view of the core elements of effective local governance of the systems that spport

More information

Solution-16 Operators Manual ISSUE 1.60

Solution-16 Operators Manual ISSUE 1.60 Solution-16 Operators Manual ISSUE 1.60 !"#$%&"'()*+ Operators Manual Copyright 2002 by, SYDNEY, AUSTRALIA Document Part Number MA880O DOCUMENT ISSUE 1.60 Printed 22 March 2002 This documentation is provided

More information

LDG DTS-4/4R Desktop Coaxial Switch / Remote

LDG DTS-4/4R Desktop Coaxial Switch / Remote LDG DTS-4/4R Desktop Coaxial Switch / Remote LDG Electronics 1445 Parran Road, PO Box 48 St. Leonard MD 20685-2903 USA Phone: 410-586-2177 Fax: 410-586-8475 [email protected] www.ldgelectronics.com

More information

7 Help Desk Tools. Key Findings. The Automated Help Desk

7 Help Desk Tools. Key Findings. The Automated Help Desk 7 Help Desk Tools Or Age of Anxiety is, in great part, the reslt of trying to do today s jobs with yesterday s tools. Marshall McLhan Key Findings Help desk atomation featres are common and are sally part

More information

Global Water Instrumentation, Inc.

Global Water Instrumentation, Inc. Global Water Instrumentation, Inc. 151 Graham Road P.O. Box 9010 College Station, TX 77842-9010 Telephone : 800-876-1172 International : (979) 690-5560, Fax : (979) 690-0440 e-mail : [email protected]

More information

Our business is to help you take care of your business. Throgmorton Outsourcing Services. HR Services Payroll Immigration Health & Safety

Our business is to help you take care of your business. Throgmorton Outsourcing Services. HR Services Payroll Immigration Health & Safety Or bsiness is to help yo take care of yor bsiness Throgmorton Otsorcing Services HR Services Payroll Immigration Health & Safety Hman Resorces Throgmorton is dedicated to providing HR spport for bsinesses

More information